Official Paper

IBPS Clerk Mains 8 October 2022 Memory Based Paper (Previous Year Paper)

190 questions · 160 minutes · with answers · free

General/Financial Awareness (50 questions)

1

In June 2022, who launched new portal NIRYAT (National Import-Export Record for Yearly Analysis of Trade)?

  1. ((a))

    Amit Shah

  2. ((b))

    Ram Nath Kovind

  3. ((c))

    Narendra Modi

  4. ((d))

    Piyush Goyal

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Narendra Modi

The correct answer is Narendra Modi.

Key Points

  • Prime Minister Narendra Modi on 23 June 2022 launched a new portal NIRYAT (National Import-Export Record for Yearly Analysis of Trade).
  • NIRYAT is developed as a one-stop platform for the stakeholders to get all the necessary information related to India`s foreign trade.
  • He launched it while Inaugurating the new premises of the Ministry of Commerce and Industry - ‘Vanijya Bhawan’.

Important Points

  • Despite global disruptions last year, India exported a total of $670 billion- ₹50 lakh crores.
  • Initiatives like 'Vocal for Local' have also accelerated the country's exports.
  • The government's emphasis on local products through the Vocal for Local campaign, 'One district, one product' scheme, has also helped in increasing exports.
2

Which Schedule of the Constitution provides for Anti-Defection Law?

  1. ((a))

    10th

  2. ((b))

    7th

  3. ((c))

    3rd

  4. ((d))

    1st

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

10th

The correct answer is 10th.

Key Points

  • The Tenth Schedule - popularly known as the Anti-Defection Act - was included in the Constitution via the 52nd Amendment Act, of 1985.
  • It sets the provisions for disqualification of elected members on the grounds of defection to another political party.
  • The anti-defection law punishes individual Members of Parliament (MPs)/MLAs for leaving one party for another.
  • It allows a group of MP/MLAs to join (i.e., merge with) another political party without inviting the penalty for defection.
  • As per the 1985 Act, a 'defection' by one-third of the elected members of a political party was considered a 'merger'.
  • The 91st Constitutional Amendment Act, of 2003, changed this and now at least two-thirds of the members of a party must be in Favour of a "merger" for it to have validity in the eyes of the law.

Additional Information

ScheduleDescription
1stThe first schedule contains the list of states and union territories and their territories
3rdThe third Schedule contains the Forms of Oaths or Affirmations.
7thThis schedule deals with the three legislative lists: Union, State, and Concurrent.
3

How many diseases are covered under National Vector Borne Disease Control Programme?

  1. ((a))

    4

  2. ((b))

    5

  3. ((c))

    6

  4. ((d))

    7

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

6

Explanation:

  • The programme was initiated in the year 2003.
  • The National Vector Borne Disease Control Programme is an umbrella programme for the prevention and control of vector-borne diseases under the National Health Mission.
  • The Directorate of NVBDCP is the central nodal agency for the prevention and control of vector-borne diseases that as Malaria, Dengue, Lymphatic Filariasis, Kala-azar, Japanese Encephalitis and Chikungunya in India.

Programms:

Kala Azar control programme:

  • Kala-azar or visceral leishmaniasis is a chronic disease caused by an intracellular protozoan or the Leishmania species and transmitted to man by the bite of a female phlebotomus sand fly.

National Filaria Control Programme:

  • Bancroftian filariasis is caused by Wuchereria bancrofti, which is transmitted to man by the bites of infected mosquitoes: Culex, Anopheles, Mansonia and Aedes.
  • The National Filaria Control Programme was launched in 1955. It has the objective of controlling Lymphatic Filariasis in un-surveyed areas and urban areas through anti-parasitic and anti-larval measures.
  • The National Health Policy 2017 envisages the elimination of Lymphatic Filariasis. 2020 was the target year for the Global elimination of the disease.

Japanese Encephalitis Control Programme:

  • Japanese encephalitis (is a zoonotic disease and caused by an arbovirus, group B (Flavivirus) and transmitted by Culex mosquitoes.
  • The objective of the programme is the early diagnosis of the disease and sincere case management.

Dengue Control: 

  • The objective of the programme is surveillance and Dengue outbreak control, vector control through community participation especially in the pre-monsoon period as the transmission is correlated to monsoon and capacity building to ensure timely treatment.
4

What is MFLOPS?

  1. ((a))

    It is used to measure the state of the CPU.

  2. ((b))

    It is used to measure the speed of CPU.

  3. ((c))

    It is a memory unit.

  4. ((d))

    It is used to measure memory access time.

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

It is used to measure the speed of CPU.

The correct option is (2)

It is used to measure the speed of the CPU.

Key Points

  • MFLOPs, an abbreviation for mega floating-point operations per second, is a commonly used indicator of how quickly computers can do floating-point computations.
  • MIPS (million instructions per second), which measures integer performance, is another widely used metric of computer speed and power.
  • MFLOPs are a commonly used metric for gauging how quickly floating-point calculations are processed by microprocessors.
  • The term FLOP, or floating point operations per second, refers to how quickly a computer can perform calculations.
  • A Giga FLOP is merely a GFLOP. So having GPU with 2 times higher GFLOP value is very likely to speed up the training process.
  • A central processing unit, also known as a CPU, is a piece of electronic equipment that executes commands from software, enabling a computer or other device to carry out its functions.
5

In July 2022, Scientists working with the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) have discovered ________ subatomic particles never seen before.

  1. ((a))

    2

  2. ((b))

    3

  3. ((c))

    4

  4. ((d))

    5

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

3

The correct answer is 3.

Key Points

  • Scientists working with the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) have discovered three subatomic particles never seen before.
  • The 27 kilometre-long (16.8 mile) LHC at CERN is the machine that found the Higgs boson particle.
  • The particle, along with its linked energy field is thought to be vital to the formation of the universe after the Big Bang 13.7 billion years ago.

Additional Information

  • The European Organization for Nuclear Research, known as CERN, is a European research organization that operates the largest particle physics laboratory in the world.
  • It was established in 1954.
  • The organization is based in a northwest suburb of Geneva on the Franco–Swiss border and has 23 member states.
6

______ is a short-term unsecured promissory note issued by reputed business organisations at a price lower than its face value and redeemable at par.

  1. ((a))

    Treasury bill

  2. ((b))

    Commercial paper

  3. ((c))

    Certificate of deposit

  4. ((d))

    Promissory note

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Commercial paper

The correct answer is Commercial paper

Key Points.

  • The money market is a market for short-term funds that deal in monetary assets whose period of maturity is up to one year.
  • These assets are close substitutes for money. It is a market where low-risk, unsecured, and short-term debt instruments that are highly liquid are issued and actively traded every day.
  • It has no physical location but is an activity conducted over the telephone and through the internet.
  • It enables the raising of short-term funds for meeting the temporary shortages of cash and obligations and the temporary deployment of excess funds for earning returns
  • The major participants in the market are the Reserve Bank of India Commercial Banks, Non-Banking Finance Companies, State Governments, Large Corporate Houses and Mutual Funds

Various instruments available in the money market are:

Treasury Bills (T-Bills):

  • It is a short-term borrowing instrument issued by the Government of India. RBI issues it on behalf of Government of India.
  • It is also known as zero coupon bonds.
  • It has a maturity of less than one year.
  • It is issued at discount and repaid at par.
  • E.g. : A treasury bill of face value of Rs 1,00,000 will be sold at Rs 96,000 and at the time of maturity the investor will get Rs 1,00,000. Thus,, Rs 4,000 is the interest received by him.
  • It is in the form of a promissory note.
  • It is highly liquid and have negligible risk.
  • It is available in denominations of Rs 25,000 and its multiples.

Commercial Paper:

  • Commercial paper is issued by large creditworthy companies to raise short-term funds at lower rates of interest than the market rate.
  • It is an unsecured promissory note, having a maturity of 15 days to one year.
  • It is a negotiable instrument, transferable by endorsement and delivery.
  • It is sold at discount and redeemed at par.
  • It is an alternative to bank borrowing. The original purpose of commercial paper was to meet working capital needs of companies.
  • It is used by companies for bridge financing, a method of financing used by companies before issuing shares or debentures, to cover the expenses associated with the issue of such securities, i.e. floatation costs (e.g.: brokerage, commission, printing of applications, advertising, etc.)

Call Money:

  • Call money is a method used by commercial banks to borrow funds from each other, in order to maintain the Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR). Cash Reserve Ratio is the minimum balance of cash to be maintained by banks, according to RBI guidelines.
  • It is short-term finance repayable on demand.
  • Maturity of call money is 1 day to 15 days.
  • The interest paid on call money is called the call rate.
  • Call rate is highly fluctuating, which varies from day-to-day or even from hour-to-hour.
  • There is an inverse relationship between call rates and return on other short-term money market instruments. Increase in call rates makes the demand for call money decrease, an increase in demand for other short-term instruments, as they become cheaper in relation to call money.

Certificate of Deposit:

  • Certificate of deposits are issued by commercial banks or developmental financial institutions to individuals, institutions, corporations and companies.
  • It is an unsecured, negotiable instrument in bearer form.
  • It is issued in periods of tight liquidity, when the deposits by individuals and households is less, but the demand for credit is high.
  • They help to mobilise large amounts of money in a short time period.

Commercial Bill:

  • It is a bill of exchange used by business firms to meet their working capital needs.
  • It is a short-term, self-liquidating, negotiable instrument, used for financing credit sales of a firm.
  • When goods are sold on credit, the seller (drawer) draws a bill of exchange on the buyer (drawee), who accepts it. When he accepts the bill, it becomes a marketable instrument, which is called a trade bill. When the seller presents it to the bank for discounting it, to get the funds before the maturity of the bill and the bank accepts it, it is called a commercial bill.
7

Consider the following statements:

  1. According to the Constitution of India, a person shall be disqualified from being a member of a legislative assembly if s/he holds any office of profit under the Union or state government.
  2. According to the Representation of People Act, 1951, a person is disqualified from being a member of a legislative assembly if s/he has failed to lodge an account of his/her election expenses within the time.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. ((a))

    1 Only

  2. ((b))

    2 Only

  3. ((c))

    Both 1 and 2

  4. ((d))

    Neither 1 nor 2

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Both 1 and 2

The correct answer is ​Both 1 and 2.

Key Points

  • Under the Constitution, a person shall be disqualified for being chosen as and for being a member of the legislative assembly or legislative council of a state:
  • If he holds any office of profit under the Union or state government (except that of a minister or any other office exempted by the state legislature). Hence, statement 1 is correct.
  • If he is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a court.
  • If he is an undischarged insolvent.
  • If he is not a citizen of India or has voluntarily acquired the citizenship of a foreign state or is under any acknowledgement of allegiance to a foreign state.
  • If he is so disqualified under any law made, by Parliament.
  • Accordingly, the Parliament has prescribed a number of additional disqualifications in the Representation of People Act (1951). These are similar to those for Parliament. These are mentioned here:
  • He must not have been found guilty of certain election offences or corrupt practices in the elections.
  • He must not have been convicted for any offence resulting in imprisonment for two or more years. But, the detention of a person under a preventive detention law is not a disqualification.
  • He must not have failed to lodge an account of his election expenses within the timeHence, statement 2 is correct.
  • He must not have any interest in government contracts, works, or services.
  • He must not be a director or managing agent nor hold an office of profit in a corporation in which the government has at least 25 per cent share. He must not have been dismissed from government service for corruption or disloyalty to the state.
  • He must not have been convicted for promoting enmity between different groups or for the offence of bribery.
  • He must not have been punished for preaching and practising social crimes such as untouchability, dowry, and sati.
8

Which of the following departments is mainly responsible for policy issues relating to Public Sector Banks (PSBs)?

  1. ((a))

    Financial Intelligence Unit-India (FIU-IND)

  2. ((b))

    Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS)

  3. ((c))

    Centralised Public Grievance Redressal and Monitoring System (CPGRAMS)

  4. ((d))

    The Department of Financial Services (DFS)

  5. ((e))

    Both 1 and 2

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

The Department of Financial Services (DFS)

The correct answer is The Department of Financial Services (DFS).

Key Points

  • The Department of Financial Services (DFS) is mainly responsible for policy issues relating to Public Sector Banks (PSBs).
  • The Department of Financial Services (DFS) is responsible for issues relating to
  • Public Sector Banks,
  • Development Financial Institutions (NABARD, NHB, EXIM, SIDBI etc.)
  • Agricultural Credit,
  • Public Sector Insurance Companies
  • Pension Reforms

Important Points

  • Department of Financial Services (DFS)
  • It is one of the five departments of the Ministry of Finance.
  • It is responsible for Initiatives and reforms relating to Financial Inclusion, Social Security, and Insurance as a Risk Transfer mechanism.
  • He also observes the credit flow to key sectors of the economy/farmers/common man.
  • The key flagship schemes being currently run/managed by DFS are Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana, Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana, and Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana (PMJJBY), Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana (PMMY) etc.

Additional Information

  • Financial Intelligence Unit-India (FIU-IND)
  • FIU-IND has launched Project FinNet - Financial Intelligence Network to "adopt appropriate technology to collect, analyze, and disseminate valuable financial information to combat money laundering and related crimes."
  • Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS)
  • ​TPDS was launched by gov in June 1997 with a focus on the poor.
  • Under TPDS, beneficiaries were divided into Households below the poverty line or BPL and Households above the poverty line or APL.
  • Centralized Public Grievance Redressal and Monitoring System (CPGRAMS)
  • It is an online platform available to the citizens 24x7 to lodge their grievances to the public authorities on any subject related to service delivery.
  • It is a single portal connected to all the Ministries/Departments of the Government of India and States.
  • It comes under the Department of Administrative Reforms and Public Grievances (DARPG).
9

RBI (RBI) on August 9, 2021, under the Deendayal Antyodaya Yojana-National Rural Livelihoods Mission (DAY-NRLM) has extended mortgage-free loans to self-help groups of ten lakhs. has been increased from _______.

  1. ((a))

    twelve lakh

  2. ((b))

    sixteen lakh

  3. ((c))

    fourteen lakh

  4. ((d))

    twenty lakh

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

twenty lakh

The correct answer is Rs 20 lakh.

Key Points

  • The Reserve Bank of India has notified the enhancement of collateral-free loans to self-help groups (SHGs) from Rs 10 lakh to Rs 20 lakh under Deendayal Antyodaya Yojana - National Rural Livelihoods Mission (DAY-NRLM).
  • The entire loan (irrespective of the loan outstanding, even if it subsequently goes below Rs 10 lakh) would be eligible for coverage under Credit Guarantee Fund for Micro Units (CGFMU).

Additional Information

  • DAY-NRLM adopts a demand-driven approach.
  • It enables the states to formulate their own state-specific poverty reduction action plans.
  • For loans to SHGs above Rs 10 lakh and up to Rs 20 lakh, no collateral should be charged and no lien should be marked against the savings bank account of SHGs.

Important Points About DAY-NRLM:

  • The DAY-NRLM is the flagship program of the Government of India.
  • It promotes poverty reduction through building strong institutions for the poor, particularly women.
  • It enables institutions to access a range of financial services and livelihoods.
  • The scheme was launched in June 2011.
10

Consider the following statements regarding Cryptocurrencies.

  1. It is a digital currency in which encryption techniques are used to regulate the generation of units of currency and verify the transfer of funds, operating independently of a central bank. 2. Supreme Court had allowed banks and financial institutions to reinstate services related to cryptocurrencies by setting aside the RBI’s 2018 circular that had prohibited them based on the ground of “proportionality”.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

  1. ((a))

    1 only

  2. ((b))

    2 only

  3. ((c))

    Both 1 and 2

  4. ((d))

    Neither 1 nor 2

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Both 1 and 2

The correct answer is Both 1 and 2.

In News

  • The Cryptocurrency and Regulation of Official Digital Currency Bill, 2021 will introduce in the winter session of Parliament.

Key Points

  • Key Provisions:
  • It seeks to regulate cryptocurrency and ostensibly ban all private cryptocurrencies.
  • It seeks to create a facilitative framework for the creation of the official digital currency to be issued by the Reserve Bank of India.
  • So far, the precise contours of the Bill are not in the public domain and no public consultations have been held.
  • Present status:
  • An inter-ministerial panel on cryptocurrency has recommended that all private cryptocurrencies, except any virtual currencies issued by the state, will be prohibited in India.
  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has also raised concerns on the cryptocurrencies traded in the market and conveyed them to the Centre.
  • Back in March 2020, the Supreme Court had allowed banks and financial institutions to reinstate services related to cryptocurrencies by setting aside the RBI’s 2018 circular that had prohibited them (Based on the ground of “proportionality”). Hence statement 2 is correct.
  • What are Cryptocurrencies?
  • Cryptocurrencies are digital currencies in which encryption techniques are used to regulate the generation of units of currency and verify the transfer of funds, operating independently of a central bank. Hence statement 1 is correct.
  • Examples: Bitcoin, Ethereum etc.
  • Why does the govt want to ban cryptocurrencies?
  • Sovereign guarantee: Cryptocurrencies pose risks to consumers.  They do not have any sovereign guarantee and hence are not legal tender.
  • Market volatility: Their speculative nature also makes them highly volatile.  For instance, the value of Bitcoin fell from USD 20,000 in December 2017 to USD 3,800 in November 2018.
  • Risk in security: A user loses access to their cryptocurrency if they lose their private key (unlike traditional digital banking accounts, this password cannot be reset).
  • Malware threats: In some cases, these private keys are stored by technical service providers (cryptocurrency exchanges or wallets), which are prone to malware or hacking.
  • Money laundering.
11

When is the International Day of Democracy observed?

  1. ((a))

    13 September

  2. ((b))

    14 September

  3. ((c))

    15 September

  4. ((d))

    16 September

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

15 September

Key Points

  • International Day of Democracy is observed on 15 September.
  • This year, the day focuses on "the importance of media freedom for democracy, peace and meeting the Sustainable Development Goals".
  • According to the United Nations, the International Day of Democracy provides an opportunity to review the state of democracy in the world.
  • The day aims to "transform the ideal of democracy" into a reality that can be enjoyed by everyone, everywhere.
  • History of the day
  • The International Day of Democracy was established in 2007 through a resolution passed by the United Nations General Assembly.
  • According to the Inter-Parliamentary Union (IPU), the resolution was designed to strengthen and strengthen democracy.
  • The first International Day of Democracy was observed on 15 September 2008 by 46 national parliaments.
  • The idea of celebrating the International Day of Democracy stems from the Universal Declaration on Democracy.
  • It was adopted by the Inter-Parliamentary Council in its 161st session on 16 September 1997.

Additional Information

  • 13 September - International Chocolate Day
  • 14 September - Hindi Divas
  • 16 September - Malaysia Day, World Ozone Day
12

Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDAI) recently announced that no need to submit______________separately in order to have new annuity products of National Pension Scheme (NPS).

  1. ((a))

    Digital Life Certificate

  2. ((b))

    Proposal Form

  3. ((c))

    Health Certificate

  4. ((d))

    Police Verification Certificate

  5. ((e))

    Salary Slip

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Proposal Form

The correct answer is Proposal Form.

Key Points

  • Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDAI) has relaxed the requirement of submitting separate proposal form for taking the immediate annuity products from proceeds of National Pension Scheme (NPS).
  • This norm is applicable to Senior Citizens.
  • IRDAI exercises this power under IRDAI Act, 1999.
  • Now, the exit form of NPS will be treated as proposal form for purchasing annuity, thereby reducing the time and efforts of senior citizens as well as insurers.
  • Proposal form is the most important and basic document required for life insurance contract between the insured and insurance company.
  • It includes the insured's fundamental information like address, age, name, education, occupation etc. It also includes the person's medical history.
  • Jeevan Pramaan is an AADHAR Biometric Authentication based **digital life certificates for Pensioners.**​

Additional Information

  • The Annuity Service Providers (ASPs) are insurance companies regulated by IRDAI and empanelled by the Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority (PFRDA) to provide the annuity to the NPS subscribers from the bouquet of annuities offered by them.
  • The Central Government has introduced the National Pension System (NPS) with effect from January 2004 (except for armed forces).
  • NPS is being implemented and regulated by PFRDA in the country. It is made available to all Citizens of India from 2009.
  • Any individual citizen of India (both resident and Non-resident) in the age group of 18-65 years can join NPS.
  • Earlier Interim Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority(IPRDA) was there, which formed in 2004 then Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority (PFRDA) is a statutory regulatory body established under the Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 2013.
  • It was established to oversee the National Pension System (NPS), and regulate India’s pensions sector.
  • PFRDA is headquartered in New Delhi and Supratim Bandyopadhyay is its Chairman.
13

Which regulatory body in India has unveiled a rupee settlement system for international trade in July 2022?

  1. ((a))

    Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)

  2. ((b))

    Competition Commission of India (CCI)

  3. ((c))

    Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority

  4. ((d))

    Reserve Bank of India (RBI)

  5. ((e))

    Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI)

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Reserve Bank of India (RBI)

The correct answer is ​Reserve Bank of India (RBI).

Key Points

  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) on 11 July 2022 unveiled a rupee settlement system for international trade.
  • It aims to promote the growth of global trade with emphasis on exports from India and to support the increasing interest of the global trading community in the Indian Rupee.
  • This new mechanism will enable Indian exporters to receive advance payment against exports from overseas importers in rupees.

Additional Information

  • RBI on May 27, 2022, imposed a penalty of Rs 45 lakh on Japan-based MUFG Bank for non-compliance with the directions on 'time-bound implementation and strengthening of SWIFT-related operational controls'.
  • The Competition Commission of India (CCI) has approved HSBC’s acquisition of L&T Investment Management Ltd., the investment manager for L&T Mutual Fund.
  • The $425 million deal involves HSBC buying the entity from its parent L&T Finance Holdings Ltd. (LTFH).
  • The acquisition is being executed through HSBC Asset Management (India) Pvt. Ltd.
  • RBI 25th Governor: Shaktikanta Das
  • RBI Headquarters: Mumbai
  • RBI Founded: 1 April 1935, Kolkata.
14

ON July 19, Four entities of the eight that commenced testing of their products in the second cohort under the ____________’s regulatory sandbox structure themed “Cross Border Payments” have completed the “Test Phase”,

  1. ((a))

    Securities Exchange Board of India

  2. ((b))

    Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority

  3. ((c))

    Reserve Bank of India

  4. ((d))

    Banks Board Bureau

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Reserve Bank of India

The correct answer is 'Reserve Bank of India'.

Key Points 

  • Four entities of the eight that commenced testing of their products in the second cohort under the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) regulatory sandbox structure themed “Cross Border Payments” have completed the “Test Phase”, the central bank informed on July 19.
  • The four entities that have completed the “Test Phase” are: Cashfree Payments India Pvt Ltd, Fairex Solutions Pvt Ltd, Nearby Technologies Pvt Ltd, and Open Financial Technologies Pvt Ltd.
  • Cashfree’s product extends a cross-border payment platform to facilitate the purchase of assets listed on foreign exchanges like publicly listed shares, exchange-traded funds i.e., ETFs and units of mutual funds, securities by Indian investors via local payment methods.
  • Similarly, Fairex’s product provides an aggregation platform of leading cross-border payment providers for outward remittance. Nearby Technologies product facilitates routing the inward cross-border remittance to the beneficiary’s Aadhaar number as a virtual bank account using existing Rupee Drawing Arrangement (RDA) mechanism.
  • Open’s product proposes a blockchain-based cross-border payment system, leveraging the current infrastructure and ensures frictionless and tamperproof monitoring capabilities.
  • These entities have now exited the second cohort regulatory sandbox on ‘Cross-Border Payments’. The products found acceptable under this Cohort may be considered for adoption by regulated entities subject to compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.

Additional Information 

  • Cross-border payments are financial transactions where the payer and the recipient are based in separate countries. They cover both wholesale and retail payments, including remittances.
  • Cross-border payments can be made in several different ways. Bank transfers, credit card payments and alternative payment methods such as e-money wallets and mobile payments are currently the most prevalent ways of transferring funds across borders.
15

The RBI has made the ________ code mandatory for all participants undertaking transactions in the markets regulated by the RBI.

  1. ((a))

    Visual Entity Identifier

  2. ((b))

    Legal Entity Identifier

  3. ((c))

    Legit Entity Identifier

  4. ((d))

    Stock Entity Identifier

  5. ((e))

    Transaction Entity Identifier

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Legal Entity Identifier

The correct answer is Legal Entity Identifier

  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has made the Legal Entity Identifier (LEI) code mandatory for all participants undertaking transactions in the markets regulated by the RBI.
  • The LEI is a 20-character unique identity code assigned to entities who are parties to a financial transaction.
  • it was indicated that the LEI system for all borrowers of banks having total fund-based and non-fund based exposure of ₹ 5 crores and above will be introduced in a phased manner (extract enclosed). Accordingly, it has been decided that the banks shall advise their existing large corporate borrowers having total exposures of ₹ 50 crores and above to obtain LEI.
  • The LEI code is a measure to improve the quality and accuracy of financial data systems.
  • Entities can obtain LEI from any of the Local Operating Units (LOUs) accredited by the Global Legal Entity Identifier Foundation (GLEIF) – the entity tasked to support the implementation and use of LEI.
  • In India, LEI code may be obtained from Legal Entity Identifier India Ltd (LEIIL), a subsidiary of the Clearing Corporation of India Limited (CCIL), which has been recognized by the Reserve Bank as an issuer of LEI under the Payment and Settlement Systems Act, 2007 and is accredited by the GLEIF as the Local Operating Unit (LOU) in India for issuance and management of LEI.
16

As per a statement by Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman, SBI will invest how much per cent equity in Yes Bank with other investors also being invited?

  1. ((a))

    30

  2. ((b))

    49

  3. ((c))

    51

  4. ((d))

    60

  5. ((e))

    75

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

49

  • The Union Cabinet has approved a reconstruction scheme for Yes Bank as proposed by the Reserve Bank of India.
  • Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman said that SBI will invest 49 percent equity in Yes Bank with other investors also being invited.
  • The scheme has been approved with the objective of protecting the interest of depositors and providing stability to Yes Bank.
17

The Competition Commission of India (CCI) approves acquisition of stake in IDFC Asset Management Company Limited and IDFC AMC Trustee Company Limited by ___________ , ChrysCapital and GIC.

  1. ((a))

    Bajaj Finserv Ltd

  2. ((b))

    L & T Finance Holdings Ltd

  3. ((c))

    Equitas Holdings Ltd

  4. ((d))

    Bandhan Financial Holdings Ltd

  5. ((e))

    Muthoot Finance Ltd

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Bandhan Financial Holdings Ltd

The correct answer is 'Bandhan Financial Holdings Ltd'.

Key Points 

  • The Competition Commission of India (CCI) approves acquisition of stake in IDFC Asset Management Company Limited and IDFC AMC Trustee Company Limited by Bandhan Financial Holdings Limited, ChrysCapital and GIC.
  • The proposed combination envisages acquisition of 99.96% stake in IDFC Asset Management Company Limited (IDFC AMC) and 100% stake in IDFC AMC Trustee Company Limited (IDFC Trustee) by Bandhan Financial Holdings Limited (BFHL), Lathe Investment Pte. Ltd. (Lathe), Tangerine Investments Limited (CC Entity 1) and Infinity Partners (CC Entity 2).
  • BFHL is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bandhan Financial Services Limited. BFHL is set up to act as the promoter of Bandhan Bank Limited and to hold the investment in Bandhan Bank as well as all other financial services entities of the group regulated by the Reserve Bank of India or other financial sector regulators.
  • Lathe is wholly-owned by GIC (Ventures) Private Limited. Lathe is part of a group of investment holding companies managed by GIC Special Investments Private Limited.
  • CC Entity 1 is a subsidiary of ChrysCapital IX, LLC (CC IX). CC IX is a private equity fund set up by the ChrysCapital group. CC Entity 2 is a partnership firm.

Additional Information 

  • IDFC AMC is the asset management company to IDFC Mutual Fund (IDMF).
  • IDFC AMC also operates a portfolio management business and acts as an investment manager to IDFC India Equity Hedge Fund, a Category III Alternative Investment Fund.
18

Which of the following is the electronic trading platform for natural rubber?

  1. ((a))

    eRube

  2. ((b))

    eNam

  3. ((c))

    mRubber

  4. ((d))

    eRubber

  5. ((e))

    mRube

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

mRube

The correct answer is mRube 

Key Points

  • mRube, the electronic trading platform promoted by Rubber Board on June 8, 2022.
  • The Ahmedabad-based i-Sourcing Technologies is the technology partner.
  • The e-market for rubber will be a game-changer in the rubber marketing system.
  • Though rubber trade possesses an innate advantage of high-level marketing efficiency, the trading system has not upgraded with changing requirements of the consumer sector.
  • The rubber market will rework a recreation right into a rubber advertising and marketing system.
  • The e-commerce platform is being thought of full the prevailing buying and selling system by bringing higher transparency and market visibility.
  • It is anticipated to carry extra enterprise to current rubber sellers, processors and producers by reaching out to new sellers/patrons, even in distant places.
19

In the Aarogya Sanjeevani policy provided by the insurers, what is the minimum amount sum insured(in rupees) provided under the policy?

  1. ((a))

    5000

  2. ((b))

    50,000

  3. ((c))

    1,50,000

  4. ((d))

    5,00,000

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

50,000

The correct answer is 50,000.

Key Points

  • The Arogya Sanjeevani Policy (which was launched on April 1, 2020) is a standardised insurance product that will take care of the basic requirements of policyholders.
  • The Aarogya Sanjeevani policy is the health insurance policy launched by the IRDAI for the citizens of India, currently policy covers minimum sum insured of 50,000 rupees and maximum sum insured of 5 lakh rupees.
  • Minimum entry age of the policy is 18 years and the maximum age at entry is 65.

Additional Information

  • Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDAI) is an independent, legislative body responsible for regulating and promoting the Indian insurance and reinsurance industries.
  • It was established by the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act, 1999 a Parliament Act passed by the Indian government.
  • The headquarters of the organization are in Hyderabad, Telangana where it relocated in 2001 from Delhi.
  • IRDAI is a 10-member body that includes the chairman, five full-time and four part-time members appointed by the Indian government.
20

Which of the following is also known as the bad bank of India?

  1. ((a))

    NCLT

  2. ((b))

    NARCL

  3. ((c))

    NCLAT

  4. ((d))

    NARLC

  5. ((e))

    SARFAESI

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

NARCL

The correct answer is NARCL.

Key Points

  • The National Asset Reconstruction Company Limited (NARCL) has received a license from the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), enabling it to start operations as a so-called bad bank, an entity formed to take over and dispose of the identified stressed assets worth Rs 2 lakh crore of commercial banks.
  • Under the new framework, banks will aggregate and consolidate stressed assets with NARCL for resolution. Public sector banks will hold 51 per cent ownership in NARCL.
  • NARCL will acquire fully provisioned stressed assets by making an offer to the lead bank in a consortium of lenders; once the offer is accepted, NARCL will engage with India Debt Resolution Company Ltd.
  • (IDRCL) for management and resolution of the stressed assets. In IDRCL, private entities will maintain 51 per cent ownership, with the government holding the rest.

Additional Information

  • NARCL started with total capital of Rs 6,000 crore; it was incorporated in Mumbai in July 2021.
  • SBI, Union Bank of India and Indian Bank have picked up a 13.27 percent stake each in NARCL. Punjab National Bank has acquired a 12 percent stake.
  • IDRCL is a service company/operational entity established to manage stressed assets and engage with market professionals including turnaround experts.
  • Public sector banks and state-owned financial institutions will own a 49 per cent stake in the entity and the rest by private sector lenders.
  • The government-promoted bad bank National Asset Reconstruction Company of India Ltd (NARCL) offered to acquire five distressed loan accounts, including those of Future Retail and GTL Ltd in August 2022.
21

"The Reserve Bank has released the eligibility criteria for entities to be categorized as 'Specified User' of Credit Information Companies (CICs)." Choose the incorrect option(s) regarding the aforesaid statement.

  1. ((a))

    The criteria set out the requirements for the entities to become eligible as Specified User of CIC under the Credit Information Companies (Amendment) Regulations,2021.

  2. ((b))

    The company should have a net worth of not less than ₹5 crores as per the latest audited balance sheet and should meet the requirement on a continuing basis.

  3. ((c))

    A 'specified user' should be a company incorporated in India or a statutory corporation established in the country.

  4. ((d))

    The company shall have at least three years of experience in running the business or activity of processing information.

  5. ((e))

    The criteria set out the requirements for the entities to become eligible as Specified User of CIC under clause (j) of Regulation 3 of the Credit Information Companies (Amendment) Regulations, 2021.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

The company should have a net worth of not less than ₹5 crores as per the latest audited balance sheet and should meet the requirement on a continuing basis.

The correct answer is Option 2.

Key Points

  • The Reserve Bank on 6th January 2021 released the eligibility criteria for entities to be categorized as 'Specified User' of Credit Information Companies (CICs).
  • The criteria set out the requirements for the entities to become eligible as Specified User of CIC under clause (j) of Regulation 3 of the Credit Information Companies (Amendment) Regulations, 2021.
  • As per the requirements, a 'specified user' should be a company incorporated in India or a statutory corporation established in the country.
  • The company should have a net worth of not less than ₹2 crores as per the latest audited balance sheet and should meet the requirement on a continuing basis.
  • In case the entity is a company, it should have not less than three years of experience in running the business/activity of processing information for the support or benefit of credit institutions and shall have a clean track record.
  • The company, its promoter(s) and director(s) should not have been convicted of any offence involving moral turpitude or any economic offence.
  • The entity should have a certification from CISA certified auditor that it has a robust and secure information technology (IT) system in place for preserving and protecting the data relating to the credit information.

Reference: https://rbidocs.rbi.org.in/rdocs/content/pdfs/Eligibility05012022.pdf

Important Points

  • Currently, there are four CICs operating in India:
  1. Credit Information Bureau (India) Ltd (CIBIL)
  2. Equifax Credit Information Services Pvt Ltd
  3. Experian Credit Information Company of India Pvt Ltd
  4. CRIF High Mark Credit Information Services Pvt Ltd.
  • These companies are governed by the Credit Information Companies (Regulation) Act (CICRA) in 2005.
  • A CIC can engage in businesses such as:
  1. Providing credit information to individual and corporate borrowers his/her/its own credit report.
  2. Providing data management services to the Credit Institutions who are its members.
22

Which of the following is not a small savings scheme?

  1. ((a))

    PPF

  2. ((b))

    NSC

  3. ((c))

    Post Office Time Deposit Scheme

  4. ((d))

    Senior Citizen Savings Scheme

  5. ((e))

    All of the above are small savings schemes

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

All of the above are small savings schemes

The correct answer is All of the above are small savings schemes.

Key Points

  • Small savings schemes are designed to provide safe and attractive investment options to the public and at the same time to mobilise resources for development.
  • Major small savings schemes are Post Office Monthly Income Scheme (MIS), National Savings Certificate, Public Provident Fund (PPF), Post Office Time Deposit Scheme, Senior Citizen's Savings Scheme and Post Office Savings Account.

Additional Information

  • The government has effected minor hikes of 0.1% to 0.3% in interest rates payable on five small savings instruments, including Kisan Vikas Patra, Senior Citizens' Savings scheme and time deposits for two and three years, for the quarter beginning 1 October.
23

Recently in July 2022, Maryna Viazovska has won the Fields Medal 2022. The award is related to which field?

  1. ((a))

    Physics

  2. ((b))

    Mathematics

  3. ((c))

    Biology

  4. ((d))

    Statistics

  5. ((e))

    Chemistry

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Mathematics

The correct answer is ‘Mathematics’

Key Points

  • Ukrainian maths professor, Maryna Viazovska won the top mathematics prize, the Fields Medal 2022.
  • Maryna is only the second woman to receive the award, which is awarded to mathematicians under 40, since it was created in 1936.
  • The other female laureate, Iran’s Maryam Mirzakhani, died of breast cancer in 2017 just three years after winning the prize.
  • Viazovska and three other mathematicians received the Fields Medal, dubbed the Nobel Prize in maths, in Helsinki after the ceremony was moved from Saint Petersburg to the Finnish capital in response to Moscow’s war.
  • Viazovska was born in 1984 in Kyiv and has a master's degree at Germany’s University of Kaiserslautern and a Ph.D. at the University of Bonn.
  • Since 2018, she has been chair of number theory at the Ecole Polytechnique Federale de Lausanne.
  • The Fields Medals were first awarded in 1936 in Oslo, Norway and were conceived by John Charles Fields, a Canadian mathematician.
24

As per RBI data, what is the amount remitted by Indians in Q1FY23 under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS)?

  1. ((a))

    USD 3.65 billion

  2. ((b))

    USD 8.76 billion

  3. ((c))

    USD 5.87 billion

  4. ((d))

    USD 7.62 billion

  5. ((e))

    USD 6.04 billion

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

USD 6.04 billion

The correct answer is USD 6.04 billion.

Key Points

  • The latest data for Q1FY23 released by the RBI shows that remittance by Indians under the scheme jumped 64.75 percent to $6.04 billion from $3.67 billion in Q1FY22.
  • The amount remitted in Q1FY23 is even higher than that in Q4FY22, where outward remittance under LRS was to the tune of $5.8 billion.

Additional Information

  • International travel contributed 2.92billionofthe2.92 billion of the 6.04 billion remitted under LRS in Q1FY23, constituting almost 48 percent of the money remitted under the LRS scheme.
  • Maintenance of close relatives formed the second largest segment after international travel, with Indian's remitting just over $1 billion in Q1FY23.
  • Money remitted under the category “gift” constituted the third largest segment, with India remitting around $770.66 million in Q1FY23.
  • Overseas education constituted the fourth largest segment, with $738.42 million remitted in Q1FY23.
  • According to the scheme introduced in 2004, all resident individuals, including minors, are allowed to freely remit up to $250,000 per financial year for any permissible current or capital account transaction or a combination of both.
  • The scheme was introduced on February 4, 2004, with a limit of $25,000. The LRS limit has been revised in stages consistent with prevailing macro and micro economic conditions.
25

Which of the following has recently been accorded with the status of a ‘Maharatna’ Central Public Sector Enterprise, giving it greater operational and financial autonomy?

  1. ((a))

    Cochin Shipyard Ltd

  2. ((b))

    RailTel Corporation of India

  3. ((c))

    BrahMos Aerospace

  4. ((d))

    REC Ltd

  5. ((e))

    National Dairy Development Board

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

REC Ltd

The correct answer is 'REC Ltd'.

Key Points

  • REC Ltd has been accorded with the status of a ‘Maharatna’ Central Public Sector Enterprise, thus giving REC greater operational and financial autonomy.
  • An order to this effect was issued on September 22 by the Department of Public Enterprises, under the Ministry of Finance.
  • The grant of ‘Maharatna’ status to REC will impart enhanced powers to the company’s Board while taking financial decisions.
  • The Board of a ‘Maharatna’ CPSE can make equity investments to undertake financial joint ventures and wholly-owned subsidiaries and undertake mergers and acquisitions in India and abroad, subject to a ceiling of 15% of the Net Worth of the concerned CPSE, limited to ₹5,000 crores in one project.
  • The Board can also structure and implement schemes relating to personnel and Human Resource Management and Training. With this, REC can also enter into technology Joint Ventures or other strategic alliances among others.
  • REC has played a key role in the success of the flagship schemes of the Government of India such as DDUGJY and SAUBHAGYA and has contributed towards achieving village and household electrification in the country. Further, it is currently playing the role of nodal agency for Revamped Distribution Sector Scheme (RDSS), for revamping the distribution sector to alleviate the financial & operational issues.

Additional Information

  • REC Limited, formerly Rural Electrification Corporation Limited, is a public Infrastructure Finance Company in India’s power sector.
  • It was incorporated in 1969 and promotes power projects across India.
  • The company provides loans to Central/State Sector Power Utilities in the country, State Electricity Boards, Rural Electric Cooperatives, NGOs and Private Power Developers.
26

As per the Union Budget, 2022-2023, "Alternate Minimum Tax" paid by "Cooperative societies" are brought down to how much % from previous 18.5 %?

  1. ((a))

    15%

  2. ((b))

    14%

  3. ((c))

    16%

  4. ((d))

    12%

  5. ((e))

    16.5%

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

15%

The correct answer is 15%.

Key Points

  • The Union Budget 2022-2023 proposes to reduce the "Alternate Minimum Tax" paid by "Cooperatives societies" from 18.5%to 15%.
  • The Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman also proposed to reduce the Surcharge on "Co-operative societies" from present 12% to 7% for those having a total income of more than Rs. 1 Cr and up to Rs. 10 Cr.
  • A concessional tax regime of 15% tax was introduced by the Government for newly incorporated domestic manufacturing companies. The Government proposes to extend the last date for commencement of manufacturing or production under section 115BAB by one year from 31st March 2023 to 31st March 2024.

Important Points

  • The Union Budget 2022-2023 proposes a new provision permitting taxpayers to file an Updated Return on payment of additional tax. This updated return can be filed within two years from the end of the relevant assessment year.​
  • The Central Government contributes 14% of the salary of its employee to the National Pension System (NPS) Tier-I. To provide equal treatment, the budget proposes to increase the tax deduction limit from 10% to 14% on employer’s contribution to the National Pension System (NPS) account of State Government employees as well.
  • Smt. Sitharaman proposes to cap the surcharge on long-term capital gains arising on the transfer of any type of assets at 15%, which was earlier 37%.

Additional Information

  • Smt. Nirmala Sitharaman presented the Union Budget 2022-23 in Parliament on February 1, 2022
  • The key highlights of the budget are as follows:
  • India’s economic growth is estimated at 9.2% to be the highest among all large economies.
  • 60 lakh new jobs are to be created under the productivity-linked incentive scheme in 14 sectors.
  • PLI Schemes have the potential to create an additional production of Rs. 30 lakh crore.
  • A network of 23 tele-mental health centers of excellence will be set up, with NIMHANS being the nodal center and the International Institute of Information Technology-Bangalore (IIITB) providing technical support.
  • The government has proposed to set up 75 Digital Banking Units (DBUs) in 75 districts of the country by Scheduled Commercial Banks
  • The outlay for capital expenditure stepped up sharply by 35.4% to Rs. 7.50 lakh crore in 2022-23 from Rs. 5.54 lakh crore in the current year.
  • The budget provides that any income from the transfer of any virtual digital asset shall be taxed at the rate of 30%.
27

Who has tendered his resignation from the post of Indian Olympic Association (IOA) President?

  1. ((a))

    Venkataramani Sumantran

  2. ((b))

    Shrikant Madhav Vaidya

  3. ((c))

    Narinder Batra

  4. ((d))

    Shri Gurdeep Singh

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Narinder Batra

The correct answer is Narinder Batra.

Key Points

  • Narinder Batra has tendered his resignation from the post of Indian Olympic Association (IOA) President.
  • Adille Sumariwalla has taken over as the IOA President till fresh elections are held.
  • The Indian Olympic Association or Indian Olympic Committee is the body responsible for selecting athletes to represent India at the Olympic Games, Asian Games and other international athletic meets
  • It was founded in 1927 and is headquartered in New Delhi.

Additional Information

  • Narinder Batra is also the President of the International Hockey Federation (FIH).
  • Multi-sport events hosted by IOA include:
  • 2008 - Commonwealth Youth Games
  • 2010 - Commonwealth Games
  • 2011 - South Asian Winter Games
  • 2014 - Lusophony Games
  • 2016 - South Asian Games
28

Which country has recently become India's top trading partner in 2021-22?

  1. ((a))

    Japan

  2. ((b))

    United States of America

  3. ((c))

    China

  4. ((d))

    Germany

  5. ((e))

    France

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

United States of America

The correct answer is ‘United States of America’

Key Points

  • The US surpassed China to become India's top trading partner in 2021-22, reflecting strengthening economic ties between the two countries.
  • According to the data of the commerce ministry, in 2021-22, the bilateral trade between the US and India stood at USD 119.42 billion as against USD 80.51 billion in 2020-21.
  • Exports to the US increased to USD 76.11 billion in 2021-22 from USD 51.62 billion in previous fiscal year, while imports rose to USD 43.31 billion as compared to about USD 29 billion in 2020-21.
  • During 2021-22, India's two-way commerce with China aggregated at USD 115.42 billion as compared to USD 86.4 billion in 2020-21.
  • Exports to China marginally increased to USD 21.25 billion last fiscal year from USD 21.18 billion in 2020-21, while imports jumped to USD 94.16 billion from about USD 65.21 billion in 2020-21.
  • Trade gap rose to USD 72.91 billion in 2021-22 from USD 44 billion in previous fiscal year.
  • America is one of the few countries with which India has a trade surplus of USD 32.8 billion with the US.
29

Which of the following company has been given the 'Maharatna' company status by the union government in September 2022?

  1. ((a))

    REC Limited

  2. ((b))

    Coal India Limited

  3. ((c))

    Indian Oil Corporation Limited

  4. ((d))

    NTPC Ltd.

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

REC Limited

The correct answer is REC Limited.

Key Points

  • REC Ltd has been accorded the status of a ‘Maharatna’ Central Public Sector Enterprise, thus giving it greater operational & financial autonomy.
  • Incorporated in 1969, REC is a non-banking finance company, focusing on power sector financing & development across India.
  • It comes under the Power Ministry.
  • It was earlier known as Rural Electrification Corporation.
  • CMD: Vivek Dewangan

Additional Information

  • ​ The Government of India categorizes Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs) under three different categories – Maharatna, Navratna, and Miniratna. These categorizations are based on different criteria.
  • The “Maharatna” category for CPSEs was introduced in 2009 with the objective to empower mega CPSEs to expand their operations.
  • Under government rules, Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs) must fulfil the following criteria for grant of Maharatna status.
  1. Having Navratna status.
  2. Average annual turnover of more than Rs. 25,000 crores, during last 3 years.
  3. The average annual net worth of more than Rs. 15,000 crores, during the last 3 years.
  4. Average annual net profit after tax of more than Rs. 5,000 crores, during last 3 years.
  5. Should have a significant global presence and international operations.
  6. Listed on the Indian stock exchange with the minimum prescribed public shareholding limit under SEBI regulations.
  • At present, there are Eight Maharatna companies besides REC Ltd:
  • Bharat Heavy Electricals (BHEL),
  • Coal India (CIL),
  • GAIL (India),
  • Indian Oil Corporation Limited,
  • NTPC,
  • Oil and Natural Gas Corporation (ONGC)
  • Steel Authority of India (SAIL)
  • Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited
30

Reserve Bank Governor Shaktikanta Das on October 6 launched a new 'SupTech' initiative ____________, which is the bank's Advanced Supervisory Monitoring System and is expected to make the supervisory processes more robust.

  1. ((a))

    UNNAT

  2. ((b))

    LAKSHYA

  3. ((c))

    VIGIL

  4. ((d))

    CHASE

  5. ((e))

    DAKSH

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

DAKSH

The correct answer is 'DAKSH'.

Key Points

  • Reserve Bank Governor Shaktikanta Das on October 6 launched a new 'SupTech' initiative DAKSH - the bank's Advanced Supervisory Monitoring System, which is expected to make the supervisory processes more robust.
  • In a statement, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) said it has been taking various initiatives in strengthening supervision, which among other initiatives include adoption of latest data and analytical tools as well as leveraging technology for implementing more efficient and automated work processes.
  • DAKSH is a web-based end-to-end workflow application through which RBI shall monitor compliance requirements in a more focused manner with the objective of further improving the compliance culture in Supervised Entities (SEs) like Banks, NBFCs, etc.
  • The application will also enable seamless communication, inspection planning and execution, cyber incident reporting and analysis, and provision of various MIS reports, among others, through a platform which enables anytime-anywhere secure access.
  • The RBI said that DAKSH means 'efficient' and 'competent', reflecting the underlying capabilities of the application.

Additional Information

  • The overall direction of the RBI lies with the 21-member central board of directors, composed of: the governor; four deputy governors; two finance ministry representatives (usually the Economic Affairs Secretary and the Financial Services Secretary); ten government-nominated directors; and four directors who represent local boards for Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, and Delhi.
  • Each of these local boards consists of five members who represent regional interests and the interests of co-operative and indigenous banks.
31

Which of the following theme has been selected by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) for Financial Literacy Week in February 2022?

  1. ((a))

    “Go Digital, Go Secure"

  2. ((b))

    “Economy in Digital Era"

  3. ((c))

    “Go Digital, Go Cashless"

  4. ((d))

    “Creating Digital Economy"

  5. ((e))

    "Digital is the Future"

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

“Go Digital, Go Secure"

The correct answer is “Go Digital, Go Secure".

Key Points

  • RBI has selected “Go Digital, Go Secure" as the theme for Financial Literacy Week 2022.
  • This theme is one of the strategic objectives of the National Strategy for Financial Education 2020-2025.
  • RBI will focus on creating awareness about the convenience of digital transactions, security of digital transactions, and protection of customers.
  • It will be observed between February 14 to 18, 2022.

Additional Information​ 

  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) on Feb 10, 2022, proposed to extend the Rs 50,000 crore on-tap liquidity window for emergency healthcare services till June 30, 2022.
  • RBI had introduced the liquidity window at the repo rate with tenors of up to three years on May 5, 21.
  • It has been introduced to provide immediate capital for ramping up Covid-19 related healthcare infrastructure and services.
  • Digital payment transactions reported a 40% year-on-year jump as of September 2021, as per the RBI’s latest index.
  • The newly constituted RBI’s digital payment index (RBI-DPI) stood at 304.06 during September 2021 as against 270.59 in March 2021 and 217.74 in September 2020.
  • RBI announced that SBI, HDFC Bank, and ICICI Bank will remain as Domestic Systemically Important Banks (D-SIBs) and will have to maintain additional common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital ratios as in 2020.
  • Fino Payments Bank has received approval from the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) for starting an international remittance business under the money transfer service scheme (MTSS) on 03 January 2022.
  • To put restrictions on para-banks whenever vital financial metrics dip below the prescribed threshold, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has introduced a prompt corrective action (PCA) framework for large non-banking financial companies (NBFCs) with effect from October 2022.
  • About RBI:
  • RBI 25th Governor: Shaktikanta Das (As of Feb 2022).
  • RBI Headquarters: Mumbai;
  • RBI Founded: 1 April 1935, Kolkata.
32

As per the United Nations-Habitat's World Cities Report 2022, India's urban population is estimated to stand at _________________ in 2035.

  1. ((a))

    775 Million

  2. ((b))

    675 Million

  3. ((c))

    575 Million

  4. ((d))

    475 Million

  5. ((e))

    375 Million

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

675 Million

The correct answer is ‘675 Million’

Key Points

  • As per the United Nations-Habitat's World Cities Report 2022, India's urban population is estimated to stand at 675 million in 2035, the second highest behind China's one billion.
  • The global urban population is back on track to grow by another 2.2 billion by 2050.
  • India's urban population is projected to be 675,456,000 in 2035, growing from 483,099,000 in 2020 to 542,743,000 in 2025 and 607,342,000 in 2030.
  • By 2035, the percentage of population in India at mid-year residing in urban area will be 43.2 percent.
  • China's urban population in 2035 is projected at 1.05 billion while the urban population in Asia will be 2.99 billion in 2035 and that in South Asia 987,592,000.
  • The report said that very big economies like China and India have a large share of the world's population and their development trajectories have greatly influenced global inequality.
  • The report said that with existing urban populations continuing to grow naturally through rising birth rates, particularly in lower income countries, the urban population is forecast to grow from 56 percent of the global total in 2021 to 68 percent by 2050.
  • Many municipal administrations choose to adopt a smart city agenda, to provide strategic and programmatic direction for urban development.
33

The Department of Fisheries aims to bring 'Blue Revolution' through sustainable development of the fisheries sector with an investment of Rs 20,050 crore for a period of five years, starting________ in all states/union territories.

  1. ((a))

     2020-21 to 2025-26

  2. ((b))

     2021-22 to 2024-25

  3. ((c))

     2021-22 to 2025-26

  4. ((d))

     2020-21 to 2024-25

  5. ((e))

    2021-22 to 2023-24

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

 2020-21 to 2024-25

The correct answer is 2020-21 to 2024-25**.**

Key Points

  • The Department of Fisheries has approved projects worth Rs 5,918 crore of various state governments and other agencies under the Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY).
  • The dept aims to bring 'Blue Revolution' through sustainable development of the fisheries sector with an investment of Rs 20,050 crore for a period of five years, starting 2020-21 to 2024-25 in all states/union territories.

Additional Information

  • The Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada Yojana (PMMSY) is a flagship scheme for focused and sustainable development of fisheries sector in the country.
  • The investment of Rs. 20,050 crores under PMMSY is the highest ever in the fisheries sector.
  • Out of this, an investment of about Rs 12340 crores is proposed for beneficiary-oriented activities in Marine, Inland fisheries and Aquaculture and about Rs 7710 crores investment for Fisheries Infrastructure.
  • Objectives of PMMSY:
  • It aims at enhancing fish production by an additional 70 lakh tonne by 2024-25
  • Increase fisheries export earnings to Rs.1,00,000 crore by 2024-25
  • Doubling of incomes of fishers and fish farmers
  • Reducing post-harvest losses from 20-25% to about 10%
  • Generation of additional 55 lakhs direct and indirect gainful employment opportunities in fisheries sector and allied activities.
  • PMMSY scheme primarily focuses on adopting ‘Cluster or Area based approaches’ and creation of Fisheries clusters through backward and forward linkages.
34

Often seen in the news, Chabahar Port is located in 

  1. ((a))

    Persian Gulf

  2. ((b))

    Gulf of Oman

  3. ((c))

    Gulf of Mannar

  4. ((d))

    Gulfs of Turkey

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Gulf of Oman

The correct answer is Gulf of Oman.

In News

  • India signs MoU with Iran for maritime coop; eyes long-term contract on Chabahar Port

India's Strategic Vision for Chabahar:

  • To build India’s first offshore port and to project Indian infrastructure prowess in the Gulf;
  • To circumvent trade through Pakistan, given the tense ties with India’s neighbour and build a long-term, sustainable sea trade route; and
  • To find an alternative land route to Afghanistan.
  • To provide Central Asia with an alternate route to the China ­Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC).

Key Points 

  • Chabahar Port is one of the important ports in Iran.
  • Chabahar Port is located on the Gulf of Oman and is the only oceanic port in the country.
  • Importance of Chabahar port for India:-
  • With this, India can bypass Pakistan in transporting goods to Afghanistan.
  • It will also boost India’s access to Iran, the key gateway to the International North-South Transport Corridor that has sea, rail, and road routes between India, Russia, Iran, Europe, and Central Asia.
  • It also helps India counter the Chinese presence in the Arabian Sea which China is trying to ensure by helping Pakistan develop the Gwadar port.
  • Gwadar port is less than 400 km from Chabahar by road and 100 km by sea.
  • From a diplomatic perspective, Chabahar port could be used as a point from which humanitarian operations could be coordinated.

Chabahar Port - IAS4Sure

35

Which of the following is the oldest grandslam tournament in tennis?

  1. ((a))

    US Open

  2. ((b))

    French Open

  3. ((c))

    Wimbledon

  4. ((d))

    Australian Open

  5. ((e))

    Indian Open

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Wimbledon

The correct answer is Wimbledon.

Key Points

  • Grand Slam consists of four major tennis championships Australian Open, French Open, Wimbledon and US Open.
  • Wimbledon is the oldest tennis tournament in the world.
  • It has been held at All England Club in Wimbledon, London since the year 1877.
  • Wimbledon is the only major tournament to be played on grass.

Additional Information

  • Due to Covid 19 pandemic, the Wimbledon 2020 was cancelled which is the first instance since World War II**.**
  • Wimbledon 2022 is the 135th edition of the game between 27 June to 10 July 2022.
36

In June 2022, which portal of the Ministry of Commerce was launched by Narendra Modi to access all the information necessary related to India’s foreign trade?

  1. ((a))

    NIRYAT

  2. ((b))

    HARBINGER

  3. ((c))

    EXPERT

  4. ((d))

    AYUSH

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

NIRYAT

The correct answer is ‘NIRYAT’

Key Points

  • The Government of India launches NIRYAT – National Import-Export Record for Yearly Analysis of Trade.
  • The NIRYAT Portal is related to the Ministry of Commerce.
  • This has been developed as a one-stop platform for stakeholders to access all the information necessary related to India’s foreign trade.
  • The NIRYAT portal is another step in the country’s journey towards self-reliance: ‘Antmanirbhar Bharat’.
  • In a first for the nation, the ambitious target of exports worth US$ 400 billion was achieved nine days before the deadline in March 2022.
  • Indian technology exports are set to reach US150billion(excludinghardwareexports),agrowthofabout2%andanadditionofapproximatelyUS 150 billion (excluding hardware exports), a growth of about 2\% and an addition of approximately US 3 billion over FY2020.
  • IT services account for a turnover of US$ 81 billion and remain the leader in terms of market share.
  • This segment is slated to continue to be the best performing segment of FY2021, with a year-on-year growth of 2.6%.
  • Business Process Management was valued at US$ 34 billion, marking a growth rate of 2.3% year-on-year.
  • Collaborative applications, application platforms, security software, system and service management software, content workflow and management applications will lead to a 2% growth of this segment to US$ 3 billion.
37

Organization related to “Read Data Book” or “Red List” is

  1. ((a))

    U.T.E.S.

  2. ((b))

    I.U.C.N.

  3. ((c))

    I.B.W.C.

  4. ((d))

    W.W.F.

  5. ((e))

    W.T.O

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

I.U.C.N.

The correct answer is IUCN.

Key Points

  • About Red Data Book
  • Organization related to “Red Data Book” or “Red List” is IUCN.
  • The Red Data Book is a public document that is created for recording endangered and rare species of plants, animals, fungi as well as some local subspecies that are present in a particular region.
  • The Red Data Book contains the complete list of threatened species.
  • It helps us in providing complete information for research, studies and also for monitoring the programs on rare and endangered species and their habits.
  • The name of this book has its origins in Russia, it was originally known as the Red Data Book of the Russian Federation or the RDBRF.
  • The book was based on research conducted between 1961 and 1964 by biologists in Russia.
  • Currently, the IUCN maintains the Red Data Book.
  • Red Data Book of India includes the conservation status of animals and plants which are endemic to the Indian subcontinent.
  • The data for this book is provided through surveys which are conducted by the Zoological Survey of India and the Botanical Survey of India under the guidance of the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change.

Additional Information

  • About IUCN
  • The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) was founded in 1948 with an aim to maintain a complete record of every species that ever lived.
  • IUCN is the world’s most detailed inventory center of the global conservation status of biological species.
  • Established in 1889, the International Boundary and Water Commission (IBWC) has responsibility for applying the boundary and water treaties between the United States and Mexico and settling differences that may arise in their application.
  • The United States Section of the International Boundary and Water Commission (USIBWC) is a federal government agency and is headquartered in El Paso, Texas.
  • The IBWC operates under the foreign policy guidance of the Department of State.
  • The World Wide Fund for Nature is an international non-governmental organization founded in 1961 that works in the field of wilderness preservation and the reduction of human impact on the environment.
38

What is the rank of India in the UNDP's Human Development Index 2021, released in September 2022?

  1. ((a))

    132nd

  2. ((b))

    71st

  3. ((c))

    165th

  4. ((d))

    121st

  5. ((e))

    134th

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

132nd

The correct answer is 132nd.

Key Points

  • India ranked 132 out of 191 countries in the 2021 human development index (HDI), according to a report released by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP).
  • Among India’s neighbours, Sri Lanka (73rd), China (79th), Bangladesh (129th) and Bhutan (127th) are ranked above India.
  • Switzerland remained at the top spot, followed by Norway and Iceland.
  • India ranked 131 in the 2020 index.

Additional Information

  • ​Important Ranking and Index:
  • India ranks 135 among a total of 146 countries in the Global Gender Gap Index 2022.
  • Austrian capital Vienna has been ranked as the world's most liveable city in the report 'Global Liveability Index 2022'.
  • Vienna replaced New Zealand's Auckland city as the most liveable city.
  • Kerala has been ranked first in Asia in Affordable Talent in Global Startup Ecosystem Report (GSER) 2022.
  • India has jumped six positions to 37th rank on the annual World Competitiveness Index for the year 2022.
  • Denmark has been ranked at the top while Switzerland has been ranked at second position.
  • According to a report by the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), around 7.3% of Indians owned some form of digital currency in 2021.
  • The website of the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) has been ranked first under the Central Ministries Portal in National e-Governance Service Delivery Assessment.
39

Who is the Secretary General of NATO?

  1. ((a))

    Antonio Guterres

  2. ((b))

    Jens Stoltenberg

  3. ((c))

    Admiral Rob Bauer

  4. ((d))

    Stuart Peach

  5. ((e))

     Gladwyn Jebb

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Jens Stoltenberg

The correct answer is Jens Stoltenberg.

Key Points

  • NATO: North Atlantic Treaty Organization.
  • Headquarters: Brussels, Belgium.
  • This organization is an alliance of 31 independent member countries.
  • It was established at the signing of the North Atlantic Treaty on 4 April 1949.

Additional Information 

  • The fundamental goal of this organization is to safeguard the Allies’ freedom and security by political and military means.
  • It enables members to consult and cooperate on defense and security-related issues to solve problems, build trust and, in the long run, prevent conflict.
  • Article 5 states that an attack against one Ally is an attack against all. This article was invoked when Bin Laden attacked the World Trade Centre in September 2001.
  • Chairman of the NATO Military Committee: Admiral Rob Bauer.
  • Secretary-General: Jens Stoltenberg.
40

According to the latest update, India’s government and the _____________ are in talks to introduce a risk-sharing mechanism to compensate banks giving loans for electric vehicle purchases, as the country seeks to decarbonize the transport sector.

  1. ((a))

    New Development Bank

  2. ((b))

    International Renewable Energy Agency

  3. ((c))

    Asian Development Bank

  4. ((d))

    World Bank

  5. ((e))

    International Finance Corporation

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

World Bank

The correct answer is 'World Bank'.

Key Points

  • India’s government and the World Bank are in talks to introduce a risk-sharing mechanism to compensate banks giving loans for electric vehicle purchases, as the country seeks to decarbonize the transport sector.
  • The risk instrument will help banks hedge against loan defaults and cut the cost of financing EVs, India’s G20 sherpa Amitabh Kant said at the sidelines of an industry event in New Delhi.
  • The switch to clean transport in the South Asian nation is slower than the US and China in part due to the sluggish adoption of battery-powered vehicles.
  • The high cost of these vehicles and insufficient charging stations are a major barrier with NEF saying that by 2040, 53% of new automobile sales in India will be electric, well behind China with 77%.
  • Amitabh Kant said that the banks in India have been reluctant to give loans for EV purchases at a time when the cost of insuring these vehicles is high and the resale market is remains small.
  • The World Bank will set up a $1 billion fund with an Indian bank that will be made available to all financial institutions, according to a senior NITI Aayog official working on the project.
  • The fund will provide first-loss guarantees to lenders in case of loan defaults, said the official who declined to be named as discussions are still private.

Additional Information

  • India has been pushing to decarbonize its transport sector, which accounts for 13.5% of the country’s total emissions, as it looks to achieve its goal of becoming net carbon zero by 2070.
  • The government expects investments in the Indian EV industry to more than triple to 20billionby2030from20 billion by 2030 from 6 billion in 2021.
41

 ‘SVANidhi se Samriddhi’ program has been launched by the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs in additional 126 cities across 14 States/ UTs. The cabinet approved the extension of the scheme “Prime Minister Street Vendor’s AtmaNirbhar Nidhi (PM SVANidhi)” to which date?

  1. ((a))

    March 2022

  2. ((b))

    December 2024

  3. ((c))

    June 2023

  4. ((d))

    June 2024

  5. ((e))

    March 2024

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

December 2024

The correct answer is December 2024.

  • Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA) has launched ‘SVANidhi se Samriddhi’ program in additional 126 cities across 14 States/ UTs, in the presence of senior officials of States/UTs and various Central Ministries.
  • ‘‘SVANidhi se Samriddhi’ program was started to provide social security benefits to street vendors for their holistic development and socio-economic upliftment.

Key Points

  • SIDBI is the Implementation Agency for PM Street Vendor’s AtmaNirbhar Nidhi (PM SVANidhi) scheme.
  • It was launched on June 1, 2020, by the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA).
  • It is a Central Sector Scheme.
  • The scheme aims to provide an affordable working capital loan to Street Vendors and has successfully crossed the 30 Lakh mark.
  • Prime Minister Street Vendor’s AtmaNirbhar Nidhi (PM SVANidhi) has been extended beyond March 2022 till December 2024.
  • The scheme intends to facilitate collateral-free working capital loans of up to Rs. 10,000/- of one-year tenure.

Important Points

  • 28,69,477 eligible beneficiaries have benefited under the PM SVANidhi Scheme till March 7, 2022.
  • An amount of RS. 45.21 crore & RS. 7.55 crore have been paid as interest subsidy and cashback respectively.
  • As a part of Prime Minister Street Vendor’s AtmaNibhar Nidhi (PM SVANidhi) Scheme, the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA) entered into MoU with Zomato, one of the largest online platforms for ordering and delivery of food in India, to onboard street food vendors on its food-tech platform.
  • (PM SVANidhi) comes under the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA).
  • Union Minister of Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA): Hardeep Singh Puri.
42

Which of the following has set up a committee to develop a comprehensive framework on the right to repair?

  1. ((a))

    Department of Chemicals and Petrochemicals

  2. ((b))

    Department of Telecommunications

  3. ((c))

    Department of Defence Production

  4. ((d))

    Department of Consumer Affairs

  5. ((e))

    Department of Food and Public Distribution

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Department of Consumer Affairs

The correct answer is Department of Consumer Affairs.

Key Points

  • The Department of Consumer Affairs has set up a committee to develop a comprehensive framework on the right to repair.
  • The aim of the framework is to empower consumers and product buyers in the local market and harmonize trade.
  • Its aim is also to emphasize developing sustainable consumption of products and reduction in e-waste.

Important Points

  • The committee chaired by Additional Secretary in the  Department, Nidhi Khare held its first meeting wherein important sectors for the right to repair were identified.
  • They include Farming Equipment, Mobile Phones, Tablets, Consumer Durables, Automobiles, and Automobile Equipment.
  • During the meeting, the pertinent issues highlighted include companies avoiding the publication of manuals that can help users make repairs easily.
  • In June 2022, Prime Minister Narendra Modi launched the concept of LIFE (Lifestyle for Environment) movement in India.
  • This includes the concept of reusing and recycling various consumer products.
43

When was the National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI) incorporated?

  1. ((a))

    2008

  2. ((b))

    2014

  3. ((c))

    2015

  4. ((d))

    2012

  5. ((e))

    2006

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

2008

The correct answer is 2008.

Key Points

  • National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI) was incorporated in 2008 as an umbrella organization for operating retail payments and settlement systems in India.
  • An initiative of RBI and IBA under the provisions of the Payment and Settlement Systems Act, 2007, NPCI was initiated for creating a robust payment and settlement infrastructure in the country.
  • Considering the utility nature of the objects of NPCI, it has been incorporated as a “Not for Profit” Company under the provisions of Section 25 of Companies Act 1956 (now Section 8 of Companies Act 2013), with an intention to provide infrastructure to the entire Banking system in India for physical as well as electronic payment and settlement systems.
  • The ten core promoter banks are State Bank of India, Punjab National Bank, Canara Bank, Bank of Baroda, Union Bank of India, Bank of India, ICICI Bank Limited, HDFC Bank Limited, Citibank N. A. and HSBC.
  • In 2016 the shareholding was broad-based to 56 member banks to include more banks representing all sectors.
  • In 2020, new entities regulated by RBI were inducted, consisting of Payment Service Operators, payment banks, Small Finance Banks, etc.
  • The shares were allotted pursuant to the issuance of equity shares on a private placement basis in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

Additional Information

  • It has changed the way payments are made in India through a bouquet of retail payment products such as RuPay card, Immediate Payment Service (IMPS), Unified Payments Interface (UPI), Bharat Interface for Money (BHIM), BHIM Aadhaar, National Electronic Toll Collection (NETC) and Bharat BillPay.
  • NPCI also launched UPI 2.0 to offer more secure and comprehensive services to consumers and merchants.
44

Recently in July 2022, Shinzo Abe passed away at the age of 67 after being shot while giving a campaign speech. He was the former Prime Minister of _______________.

  1. ((a))

    United Kingdom

  2. ((b))

    Japan

  3. ((c))

    Russia

  4. ((d))

    Israel

  5. ((e))

    South Korea

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Japan

The correct answer is ‘Japan’

Key Points

  • Shinzo Abe, Japan’s longest-serving prime minister, died after being shot while giving a campaign speech.
  • Mr. Abe, who was 67 years old, was prime minister until late 2020 and was one of Japan’s best-known politicians.
  • On 26 September 2006, Abe was inaugurated as Japanese Prime Minister elected at the age of 52, he was the youngest prime minister since Fumimaro Konoe in 1941.
  • He was the de facto leader of the largest faction in the ruling Liberal Democratic Party and wielded strong influence in the government despite standing down as prime minister in September 2020.
  • Abe also served as Chief Cabinet Secretary from 2005 to 2006 under Junichiro Koizumi and was briefly leader of the opposition in 2012.

 

Additional Information 

About Japan:

  • Prime Minister: Fumio Kishida
  • Capital: Tokyo
  • Currency: Yen
  • Language: Japanese
45

The GST council is headed by the:

  1. ((a))

    SEBI chairman

  2. ((b))

    Prime minister

  3. ((c))

    RBI governor

  4. ((d))

    Union Finance Minister

  5. ((e))

    President

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Union Finance Minister

The correct answer is Union finance minister.

Key Points

  • Goods and Services Tax Council is a constitutional body for making recommendations to the Union and State Government on issues related to Goods and Service Tax.
  • GST Council is the governing body of GST with 33 members.
  • The GST council is headed by the union finance minister
  • The chairman of the GST council will be the union finance minister.
  • Arun Jaitley was the first chairman of the GST Council.
  • Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman is the current chairman of the GST council.

Additional Information

  • At present, Madhabi Puri Buch is the chairman of SEBI.
  • As of March 2022, Shaktikanta Das is the Governor of the Reserve Bank of India.
  • Narendra Modi is the 14th Prime Minister of India.
46

The gross GST revenue collected in the month of August 2022 stood at Rs ________ crore.

  1. ((a))

    ​1,43,612

  2. ((b))

    ​​1,52,678

  3. ((c))

    1,87,560

  4. ((d))

    2,98,560

  5. ((e))

    1,35,827

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

​1,43,612

The correct answer is ​Rs 1,43,612 crore.

Key Points

  • The gross GST revenue collected in the month of August 2022 stood at Rs 1,43,612 crore, up 28% on a year-on-year basis.
  • With this, the monthly GST revenues have exceeded Rs 1.4 lakh crore for six months in a row.
  • In July, the GST collection was Rs 1.49 lakh crore, the second-highest level since its introduction in July 2017.

Important Points

  • Gross GST revenue collected in August was Rs 1,43,612 crore, out of which CGST was Rs 24,710 crore, SGST was Rs 30,951 crore, IGST was Rs 77,782 crore.
  • The cess was Rs 10,168 crore, including Rs 1,018 crore collected on import of goods.
47

Government has extended the line for levy of GST compensation cess by nearly 4 years till which date? 

  1. ((a))

    2026

  2. ((b))

    2030

  3. ((c))

    2050

  4. ((d))

    2024

  5. ((e))

    2023

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

2026

The correct answer is 2026.

Important Points

  • Government has extended the line for levy of GST compensation by nearly 4 years till 31st March 2026.
  • As per Goods and Services Tax(Period of Levy and Collection of Cess) Rules,2022 notified by the Finance Ministry ,the compensation cess will be levied from July 1,2022 to March 31,2026.
  • July 2022 marks the end of the five year period.
  • As determined 43rd Council meeting, the cess that we are collecting that we are collecting beyond July 2022 will be used to payback the loan.

Additional Information

  • Climate and energy framework sets target to for cutting green house gas emission and increasing the share of renewable energy by 2030
  • Net Zero Carbon Emission by 2070 in india.
  • 2024 Summer Olympics to be held in Paris also known Paris2024.
  • FIFA World Women's World cup 9th edition is scheduled in **2023.**The opening match of the tournament will take place in Eden Park, ,Auckland.
48

International Tiger day is celebrated by WWF every year, Where is the headquarters of WWF is located?

  1. ((a))

    United Arab Emirates

  2. ((b))

    Switzerland

  3. ((c))

    USA

  4. ((d))

    Philippines

  5. ((e))

    California

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Switzerland

The correct answer is Switzerland.

Key Points

  • ​WWF is an acronym for World Wide Fund for Nature and it was founded in 1961.
  • It is an international organization aimed at the conservation of the environment.
  • In North America, it is called the World Wildlife Fund.
  • The WWF provides money for conservation initiatives around the world.
  • WWF works in the 6 major areas of climate, food, forests, freshwater, oceans, and wildlife.
  • Headquarters - Rue Mauverny, Gland, Vaud, Switzerland.

Important Points

  • In 1958, WWF's giant panda logo began from a panda named Chichi.
  • The giant panda has been the symbol of WWF since its formation in 1961.
  • Pandas live mainly in temperate forests high in the mountains of southwest China.
  • The giant panda is perhaps the most powerful symbol in the world when it comes to species conservation.
49

Which state has topped the 'State Ranking Index for National Food Security Act' 2022?

  1. ((a))

    Gujarat

  2. ((b))

    Punjab

  3. ((c))

    ​Odisha

  4. ((d))

    Kerala

  5. ((e))

    Chhattisgarh

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

​Odisha

The correct answer is Odisha.

Key Points

  • Odisha has topped the ranking of states for implementation of the National Food Security Act (NFSA), followed by Uttar Pradesh and Andhra Pradesh.
  • Union Food and Consumer Affairs Minister Piyush Goyal released the 'State Ranking Index for NFSA' 2022.
  • Among the special category states, Tripura has obtained the first rank.
  • Himachal Pradesh and Sikkim are at the second and third positions.

Important Points

  • Gujarat is at fourth place, followed by Dadra & Nagar Haveli and Daman Diu, Madhya Pradesh, Bihar, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu and Jharkhand.
  • Kerala has been ranked at the 11th position, Telangana (12th), Maharashtra (13th), West Bengal (14th) and Rajasthan (15th). Punjab is at the 16th position, followed by Haryana, Delhi, Chhattisgarh and Goa.
50

Which of the following countries are a part of G-7 Grouping?

  1. ((a))

    France, USA, Germany, Spain

  2. ((b))

    Canada, France, Germany, Italy

  3. ((c))

    United Kingdom, Austria, Germany, Italy

  4. ((d))

    USA, France, Japan, China

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Canada, France, Germany, Italy

The correct answer is Canada, France, Germany, Italy.

Key Points

  • The G7, originally G8, was set up in 1975 as an informal forum bringing together the leaders of the world’s leading industrial nations.
  • The summit gathers leaders from the European Union (EU) and the following countries: Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the United Kingdom and the United States.

Additional Information

  • How the G-7 summit works?
  • The G-7 nations meet at annual summits that are presided over by leaders of member countries on a rotational basis.
  • The summit is an informal gathering that lasts two days, in which leaders of member countries discuss a wide range of global issues.
  • The groundwork for the summit, including matters to be discussed and follow-up meetings, is done by the “sherpas”, who are generally personal representatives or members of diplomatic staff such as ambassadors.
  • Significance:
  • G7 is capable of setting the global agenda because decisions taken by these major economic powers have a real impact. Thus, decisions taken at the G7 are not legally binding, but exert strong political influence.

General English (40 questions)

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow. Some words may be highlighted for you. Pay careful attention.

Elon Musk’s SpaceX has been testing the Starlink satellite broadband service which boasts of a speed boost of around 300mbps and latency reduction to around 20ms. Musk confirmed the speed boost in response to a tweet by a user who received the Starlink broadband kit in the United States and shared a screenshot of the service offering them broadband speeds of 130mbps. "Speed will double to ~300Mb/s & latency will drop to ~20ms later this year," he said.

During the beta testing phase, Starlink offered users a broadband speed between 50mbps and 150mbps with the latency expected between 20ms and 40ms, depending on location. In this phase, the Starlink kit included a phased-arrayed satellite dish, a tripod and a Wi-Fi router. SpaceX says that the Starlink satellite broadband service will cover most of the Earth by the end of the year which means that the service could also be expanded in India although there is no confirmed roadmap for the same. SpaceX has already submitted its recommendations to the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) last year for introducing satellite broadband in India.

"Most of Earth by end of the year, all by next year, then it’s about densifying coverage. Important to note that cellular will always have the advantage in dense urban areas. Satellites are best for low to medium population density areas," tweeted Musk.

51

How is Starlink satellite supposed to reach India?

  1. ((a))

    By connections

  2. ((b))

    By flight

  3. ((c))

    By covering most parts of the earth

  4. ((d))

    By occupying its land

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

By covering most parts of the earth

The correct answer is "By covering most parts of the earth".

Key Points

  • The above passage is about "SpaceX Starlink satellite".
  • Let us refer to the line from the passage, "SpaceX says that the Starlink satellite broadband service will cover most of the Earth by the end of the year which means that the service could also be expanded in India although there is no confirmed roadmap for the same".
  • From the above line, we get to know that Starlink will reach India as it plans on covering most of the earth.
  • So, "By covering most parts of the earth" is the correct answer.
52

During the beta testing period, what speed range does the broadband service provide?

  1. ((a))

    Speed between 20 mbps to 40 mbps.

  2. ((b))

    Speed of around 300mbps

  3. ((c))

    Speed between 50 mbps to 150 mbps.

  4. ((d))

    Speed of 20 mbps

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Speed between 50 mbps to 150 mbps.

he correct answer is "Speed between 50 Mbps to 150 Mbps".

Key Points

  • The above passage is about "SpaceX Starlink satellite".
  • Let us refer to the line from the passage, "During the beta testing phase, Starlink offered users a broadband speed between 50mbps and 150mbps with the latency expected between 20ms and 40ms, depending on location".
  • From the above line, we get to know that Starlink offered a broadband speed of 50-150 Mbps with latency is expected to be 20 ms to 40ms which depends on the location.
  • So, "Speed between 50 Mbps to 150 Mbps" is the correct answer.
53

Give another word for the underlined word in the given line - "SpaceX has already submitted its recommendations to the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) last year for introducing satellite broadband in India."

  1. ((a))

    Reject

  2. ((b))

    Counsel

  3. ((c))

    Refuse

  4. ((d))

    Decline

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Counsel

The correct answer is "Counsel".

Key Points

  • The given passage is about "SpaceX Starlink satellite".
  • The given word 'recommendations' means a suggestion or proposal as to the best course of action, especially one put forward by an authoritative body.
  • In option 2, the word 'Counsel' means advice, especially that given formally.
  • So, 'Counsel' is the correct word. 

Additional Information

  • Let us see the meanings of the other words used:
  • Reject - dismiss as inadequate, unacceptable, or faulty
  • Refuse - indicate or show that one is not willing to do something.
  • Decline - (typically of something regarded as good) become smaller, fewer, or less; decrease.
54

During the beta testing, what does a Starlink kit provide its users?

  1. ((a))

    Expensive services

  2. ((b))

    Phased-arrayed satellite dish, a tripod and a Wi-Fi router

  3. ((c))

    Free service

  4. ((d))

    Free data

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Phased-arrayed satellite dish, a tripod and a Wi-Fi router

The correct answer is "Phased-arrayed satellite dish, a tripod and a Wi-Fi router".

Key Points

  • The above passage is about "SpaceX Starlink satellite".
  • Let us refer to the line from the passage, "In this phase, the Starlink kit included a phased-arrayed satellite dish, a tripod and a Wi-Fi router".
  • From the above line, we get to know that Starlink provided its users with a kit that included a phased-arrayed satellite dish, a tripod and a Wi-Fi router
  • So, "phased-arrayed satellite dish, a tripod and a Wi-Fi router​" is the correct answer. 

Additional Information

  • Let us see the meanings of the words:
  • Tripod - a three-legged stand for supporting a camera or other apparatus.
  • Router - a networking device that forwards data packets between computer networks.
  • Kit - a set of articles or equipment needed for a specific purpose.
55

Find a word which has the opposite meaning for the underlined word in the given line - "Musk confirmed the speed boost in response to a tweet by a user who received the Starlink broadband kit in the United States and shared a screenshot of the service offering them broadband speeds of 130mbps."

  1. ((a))

    Provide 

  2. ((b))

    Recommend

  3. ((c))

    Withdrawing

  4. ((d))

    Propose

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Withdrawing

The correct answer is '​Withdrawing​​'.

 

  • The given passage is about "SpaceX Starlink satellite".
  • The given word 'Offering' means presenting or proffering (something) for (someone) to accept or reject as desired.
  • In option 3, the word 'Withdrawing' means removing or taking away (something) from a particular place or position.
  • So, ' Withdrawing ' is the correct word. 

Additional Information

  • Let us see the meanings of the other words used:
  • Provide - make available for use; supply.
  • Recommend - put forward (someone or something) with approval as being suitable for a particular purpose or role.
  • Propose - put forward (a plan or suggestion) for consideration by others.
56

Give the correct antonym for the word "confirmed".

  1. ((a))

    Contradicted

  2. ((b))

    Established

  3. ((c))

    Firm

  4. ((d))

    Settled

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Contradicted

The correct answer is 'Contradicted'.

 

  • The given passage is about "SpaceX Starlink satellite".
  • The given word 'Contradicted' means not based on or behaving according to the principles of equality and justice.
  • In option 1, the word 'Contradicted' means denied the truth of (a statement) by asserting the opposite.
  • So, 'Contradicted' is the correct antonym for the word.

Additional Information

  • Let us see the meanings of the other words used:
  • - 

Established - having existed or done something for a long time and therefore recognized and generally accepted.

  • Firm - having a solid, almost unyielding surface or structure.
  • Settled - resolve or reach an agreement about (an argument or problem).
57

Give the synonym for the word "response".

  1. ((a))

    Dissatisfy

  2. ((b))

    Deny 

  3. ((c))

    Leave

  4. ((d))

    Reply

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Reply

The correct answer is '​Reply'.

 

  • The given passage is about "SpaceX Starlink satellite".
  • The given word 'Response' means something constituting a reply or a reaction.
  • In option 4, the word '​Reply' means to say something in response to something someone has said.
  • So, '​Reply' is the correct synonym for the word.

Additional Information

  • Let us see the meanings of the other words used:
  • Dissatisfy - fail to satisfy (someone).
  • Deny  - state that one refuses to admit the truth or existence.
  • Leave - go away from.

Direction: Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions given below.

It's no secret that Mount Everest, the jewel in Nepal's Himalayan crown, is the world's premier mountain. It's one of those facts embedded in childhood, like knowing that Neil Armstrong was the first person to walk on the moon or that blue whales are the largest animals ever to have lived. You may be surprised to hear, then, that other peaks could conceivably be considered Earth's tallest; it just depends how you measure them.

So, judging by different parameters — including tallest by altitude, tallest from base to top and tallest based on being the farthest point from Earth's center — what is the tallest mountain in the world?

"In order to have comparability in measurements, it is necessary to have a consistent baseline," Martin Price, a professor and founding director of the Centre for Mountain Studies at the University of Highlands and Islands in Scotland. "Historically, and even now, elevation is usually given as height above mean sea level," said Price. “However, this has to be with reference to a standard mean sea level, which has to be defined. Sea levels are different in different parts of the world, and they're changing due to climate change."

As a result, "elevation is now measured in relation to the mathematically defined geoid of the Earth," he said. The geoid is, according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration "a model of global mean sea level that is used to measure precise surface elevations." This average is used to ascertain the height of mountains, a process that sometimes requires an aero plane to fly "back and forth over a mountain in a series of parallel lines to measure how much gravity pulls down on its peak," according to GIM International. These measurements, in conjunction with GPS readings, provide incredibly accurate elevation readings.

"In order to have comparability in measurements, it is necessary to have a consistent baseline," Martin Price, a professor and founding director of the Centre for Mountain Studies at the University of Highlands and Islands in Scotland.

So, all mountains are measured from sea level, predominantly for convenience and consistency, but what if measurements were simply taken from base to peak? Would Everest still top the charts? The answer is a mountainous "no." That honor would go to Mauna Kea, an inactive volcano in Hawaii. Should we, therefore, regard Mauna Kea as the tallest mountain on Earth? "It all depends on the perspective you take," Price said. "If there were no oceans on our planet, there would be no debate! You could draw comparisons to the highest mountains on other bodies in our solar system, which have no oceans."

58

What does the author tries to infer in the said line: “It all depends on the perspective you take.”

  1. ((a))

    It depends on your skills.

  2. ((b))

    It depends on how you take measurements.

  3. ((c))

    Both 1 and 2

  4. ((d))

    All of these

  5. ((e))

    It depends on your framework and definition

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

It depends on your framework and definition

The correct answer is  It depends on your framework and definition

Key Points 

  • Perspective means a person’s opinion or a way of judging and understanding things.
  • In the given text, the discussion revolves around techniques for measuring mountain elevations and how different approaches might yield different results. Specifically, the text suggests that whether Mount Everest or Mauna Kea is recognized as the "tallest mountain in the world" depends on whether you measure their height from sea level to the summit (in which case Mount Everest is taller) or from base to peak (in which case Mauna Kea is taller).
  • When the author writes, "It all depends on the perspective you take," they refer to the chosen method or definition of measuring a mountain's height. This can be interpreted as the framework used to define "tallest." Is our definition of "tallest" from base to peak, or is it from sea level to peak? This distinction is significant since the result changes depending on this decision—illustrating how the perspective or framework of measurements can impact the outcome.
  • In this specific context, the phrase does not appear to imply dependency on skills or methods of measuring; rather, it emphasizes the definition or framework used to interpret such measurements. Consequently, the line “It all depends on the perspective you take” in this context refers to interpretation and choosing the basis of measurement, therefore best aligning with the option: "It depends on your framework and definition."
59

The given sentence is divided into (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E). Find the error if there is any. If there is no error, mark option (E) as “No error”.

"In order to have comparability in(A) measurements, it is necessary to have(B) a consistent baseline," Martin Price, a professor and founding director(C) of the Centre for Mountain Studies at the University of Highlands and Islands in Scotland(D).No error(E).

  1. ((a))

    "In order to have comparability in

  2. ((b))

    measurements, it is necessary to have

  3. ((c))

    a consistent baseline," Martin Price, a professor and founding director

  4. ((d))

    of the Centre for Mountain Studies at the University of Highlands and Islands in Scotland

  5. ((e))

    No error

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

No error

The correct answer is  No error.

Key Points

  • In order to is a subordinating conjunction. It is always used with an infinitive form of verb when we want to express something.
  • Since the subject is singular, the verb used is singular too.
  • ‘The’ is used when we want to refer to a specific noun.
  • Thus, the correct answer is No error.
60

Choose the correct synonym for the word ‘parameters’.

  1. ((a))

    Criterion.

  2. ((b))

    Guideline

  3. ((c))

    Constant.

  4. ((d))

    Specification.

  5. ((e))

    All of these.

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

All of these.

The correct answer is  all of these (criterion, guideline, constant, specification)

Key Points

  • Criterion means the eligibility for something.
  • Guidelines are the instructions and measures to perform a task.
  • Constant is the boundary or limitation for something.
  • Specification means variable or a specific framework.
  • Thus, the correct answer is criterion, guideline, constant and specification.
61

Give the antonym for ‘Elevation’

  1. ((a))

    Surge

  2. ((b))

    Disdain

  3. ((c))

    Upgrade

  4. ((d))

    Demotion

  5. ((e))

    All of these.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Demotion

The correct answer is demotion.

Key Points

  • Surge means to increase. This is the synonym of elevation.
  • Demotion means spurning, decrease, lowness.
  • Thus, the correct answer is demotion.

Confusion Points

  • While "disdain" can involve a downward motion in a figurative sense (as it means to look down on something or someone with contempt), it is not a semantic opposite of "elevation".
  • "Elevation" specifically refers to a rise in rank or status, or a physical lifting or moving up. The antonym would be a word that conveys a decrease in rank, status, or physical location. "Disdain" refers to a feeling of contempt or scorn but does not directly indicate a decrease or descent, which is why it's not the best choice for an antonym in this context.
62

What is ‘geoid’ according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration?

  1. ((a))

    A model of sea level that is used to measure precise surface elevations.

  2. ((b))

    A model of global mean sea level that is used to measure precise sea elevations.

  3. ((c))

    A model of global mean sea level that is used to measure precise surface elevations.

  4. ((d))

    A model of global mean surface level that is used to measure precise sea and surface elevations.

  5. ((e))

    None of these.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

A model of global mean sea level that is used to measure precise surface elevations.

The correct answer is  a model of global mean sea level that is used to measure precise surface elevations.

Key Points

  • The answer lies in the following lines of the passage:
  • The geoid is, according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration "a model of global mean sea level that is used to measure precise surface elevations." This average is used to ascertain the heit of mountains, a process that sometimes requires an aero plane to fly "back and forth over a mountain in a series of parallel lines to measure how much gravity pulls down on its peak," according to GIM International.

Thus, the correct answer is a model of global mean sea level that is used to measure precise surface elevations.

63

What is necessary in order to have comparability in measurements?

  1. ((a))

    Consistent temperature.

  2. ((b))

    Consistent baseline.

  3. ((c))

    Varied measurements.

  4. ((d))

    Consistent GPS readings

  5. ((e))

    None of these.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Consistent baseline.

The correct answer is  consistent baseline.

Key Points

  • The answer lies in the second paragraph of the passage: “In order to have comparability in measurements, it is necessary to have a consistent baseline," Martin Price, a professor and founding director of the Centre for Mountain Studies at the University of Highlands and Islands in Scotland.
  • Thus, the correct answer is consistent baseline.
64

Direction: In the following question, two columns are given containing three phrases each. The phrases are labelled A, B and C in the first column and P, Q and R in the second column. A phrase from the first column may or may not connect with a phrase in the second column to make it grammatically and contextually meaningful sentence. Identify the correct option given below that gives the correct sequence(s) in which one or more sentence can be formed . If one of the options make it possible for a meaningful sentence to be formed, indicate 'None of these' as your answer.

Column 1Column 2
(A)Showing more emotions at work could be the secret to better staff morale in this hybrid world of work, with almost nine in 10 (87%) agreeing(P)LinkedIn also launched a new feature, 'funny reaction' for its members.
(B)Seven in 10 (70%) professionals believe there was a stigma around sharing feelings at work(Q)that doing so makes them more productive and boosts feelings of belonging, said a study released by LinkedIn on Tuesday.
(C)To accommodate professionals changing need for expressing emotions(R)due to this, over a quarter of professionals are still worried about wearing their hearts on their sleeves.
  1. ((a))

    A-R, B-P, C-Q

  2. ((b))

    A-Q, B-P 

  3. ((c))

    A-Q, B-R, C-P

  4. ((d))

    B-R, C-Q

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

A-Q, B-R, C-P

The correct answer is A-Q, B-R, C-P

Key Points

 

  • There are three combinations from the given phrases that make meaningful sentences.
  • Phrase A and Q connect grammatically and contextually. Part A states '"Showing more emotions at work could be the secret to better staff morale in this hybrid world of work, with almost nine in 10 (87%) agreeing" which is connected with Part Q i.e "that doing so makes them more productive and boosts feelings of belonging, said a study released by LinkedIn on Tuesday."
  • Phrase B and R connect grammatically and contextually. Part B states "Seven in 10 (70%) professionals believe there was a stigma around sharing feelings at work"  which is connected with Part R i.e "due to this, over a quarter of professionals are still worried about wearing their hearts on their sleeves."
  • Phrase C and P connect grammatically and contextually. Part C states "To accommodate professionals changing need for expressing emotions" which is connected with Part P i.e "LinkedIn also launched a new feature, 'funny reaction' for its members."

 

​The correct sentences will be:

  • "Showing more emotions at work could be the secret to better staff morale in this hybrid world of work, with almost nine in 10 (87%) agreeing that doing so makes them more productive and boosts feelings of belonging, said a study released by LinkedIn on Tuesday."
  • "Seven in 10 (70%) professionals believe there was a stigma around sharing feelings at work due to this, over a quarter of professionals are still worried about wearing their hearts on their sleeves."
  • "To accommodate professionals changing need for expressing emotions LinkedIn also launched a new feature, 'funny reaction' for its members."

Hence, the correct option is option 3.

65

Direction: In the following question, two columns are given containing three phrases each. The phrases are labelled A, B and C in the first column and P, Q and R in the second column. A phrase from the first column may or may not connect with a phrase in the second column to make it grammatically and contextually meaningful sentence. Identify the correct option given below that gives the correct sequence(s) in which one or more sentence can be formed . If one of the options make it possible for a meaningful sentence to be formed, indicate 'None of these' as your answer.

Column 1Column 2
(A) The trigger for the reforms in China were the twin projections of power by the US,(P) to wage a modern war that could proscribe foreign powers from intervening in the region.
(B)The Chinese Communist Party leadership recognised that it lacked the technological prowess(Q)namely the Gulf War of 1990 and the Taiwan Strait Crisis of 1995.
(C) In the wake of the Kargil War in 1999, India also started seriously thinking of reforming and modernising(R)its defence forces and command and control structures.
  1. ((a))

    A-Q, B-R, C-P

  2. ((b))

    A-R, B-P, C-Q

  3. ((c))

    A-R, C-Q

  4. ((d))

    A-Q, B-P, C-R

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

A-Q, B-P, C-R

The correct answer is A-Q, B-P, C-R

Key Points

  • There are three combinations from the given phrases that make meaningful sentences.
  • Phrase A and Q connect grammatically and contextually. Part A states '"The trigger for the reforms in China were the twin projections of power by the US, " which is connected with Part Q i.e "namely the Gulf War of 1990 and the Taiwan Strait Crisis of 1995."
  • Phrase B and P connect grammatically and contextually. Part B states "The Chinese Communist Party leadership recognised that it lacked the technological prowess "  which is connected with Part P i.e " to wage a modern war that could proscribe foreign powers from intervening in the region."
  • Phrase C and R connect grammatically and contextually. Part C states "In the wake of the Kargil War in 1999, India also started seriously thinking of reforming and modernising " which is connected with Part R i.e "its defence forces and command and control structures." 

The correct sentences will be:

  • "The trigger for the reforms in China were the twin projections of power by the US, namely the Gulf War of 1990 and the Taiwan Strait Crisis of 1995."
  • "The Chinese Communist Party leadership recognised that it lacked the technological prowess to wage a modern war that could proscribe foreign powers from intervening in the region."
  • "In the wake of the Kargil War in 1999, India also started seriously thinking of reforming and modernising its defence forces and command and control structures."

Hence, the correct option is option 4.

66

Direction: In the following question, two columns are given containing three phrases each. The phrases are labelled A, B and C in the first column and P, Q and R in the second column. A phrase from the first column may or may not connect with a phrase in the second column to make it grammatically and contextually meaningful sentence. Identify the correct option given below that gives the correct sequence(s) in which one or more sentence can be formed . If one of the options make it possible for a meaningful sentence to be formed, indicate 'None of these' as your answer.

Column 1Column 2
(A) ‘Hermit’ is the latest sophisticated spyware in the news, and it is believed to have(P) the kernel information, model, manufacturer, OS, security patch, phone number, etc.
(B)Once installed on a device, it can record audio on the device,(Q)carry out unauthorised calls, and carry out many unauthorised  activities.
(C)It can also take pictures on the device, steal device information such as details about applications,(R)targeted iPhones and Android devices in Italy and Kazakhstan.
  1. ((a))

    A-Q, C-R

  2. ((b))

    A-P, B-Q, C-R

  3. ((c))

    A-R, B-Q, C-P

  4. ((d))

    A-Q, B-R, C-P

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

A-R, B-Q, C-P

The correct answer is A-R, B-Q, C-P

Key Points

  • There are three combinations from the given phrases that make meaningful sentences.
  • Phrase A and R connect grammatically and contextually. Part A states "Hermit’ is the latest sophisticated spyware in the news, and it is believed to have " which is connected with Part R i.e "targeted iPhones and Android devices in Italy and Kazakhstan. "
  • Phrase B and Q connect grammatically and contextually. Part B states "Once installed on a device, it can record audio on the device, "  which is connected with Part Q i.e "carry out unauthorised calls, and carry out many unauthorised  activities."
  • Phrase C and P connect grammatically and contextually. Part C states "It can also take pictures on the device, steal device information such as details about applications," which is connected with Part P i.e "the kernel information, model, manufacturer, OS, security patch, phone number, etc.

The correct sentences will be:

  • "Hermit’ is the latest sophisticated spyware in the news, and it is believed to have targeted iPhones and Android devices in Italy and Kazakhstan."
  • "Once installed on a device, it can record audio on the device, carry out unauthorised calls, and carry out many unauthorised  activities."
  • "It can also take pictures on the device, steal device information such as details about applications, the kernel information, model, manufacturer, OS, security patch, phone number, etc."

Hence, the correct option is option 3.

67

Direction: In the following question, two columns are given containing three phrases each. The phrases are labelled A, B and C in the first column and P, Q and R in the second column. A phrase from the first column may or may not connect with a phrase in the second column to make it grammatically and contextually meaningful sentence. Identify the correct option given below that gives the correct sequence in which one or more sentence can be formed . If one of the options make it possible for a meaningful sentence to be formed, indicate 'None of these' as your answer.

Column 1Column 2
(A)Under the anti-defection law, a member of a legislature can be disqualified(P)were found in a truck on the road that stretches all the way to the U.S.-Mexico border.
(B)On Friday, a three-judge Bench of the top court had rejected a petition(Q)if he or she has voluntarily given up membership of their political party.
(C)The police received an update on the situation from a worker of a building(R)expressed the party's solidarity with the family members of former Lok Sabha member.
  1. ((a))

    B-P

  2. ((b))

    C-Q

  3. ((c))

    B-R

  4. ((d))

    A-Q

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

A-Q

The correct answer is A-Q

Key Points

 Let us look at the sentence combinations.

  • Phrase A of column 1 should be matched with the phrase Q of column 2 to make the sentence grammatically and contextually correct.
  • "Under the anti-defection law, a member of a legislature can be disqualified if he or she has voluntarily given up membership of their political party."
  • Phrase A cannot be used with phrase P and R because it would not make a meaningful sentence.
  • Under the anti-defection law, a member of a legislature can be disqualified, were found in a truck on the road that stretches all the way to the U.S.-Mexico border.
  • Under the anti-defection law, a member of a legislature can be disqualified, expressed the party's solidarity with the family members of former Lok Sabha member.

​Hence, the correct option is option 4.

Directions: Seven sentences are given, in which the last sentence is fixed; also one sentence is going to be filled with the appropriate word. Arrange the sentences to form a meaningful paragraph. Out of the seven sentences, there is one sentence that does not fit into the theme of the passage thus formed. Read the sentences carefully and answer the questions that follow.

A. India began its own Green Revolution program of plant breeding, irrigation development, and financing of agrochemicals.

B. A rapid expansion of small landowners did occur, but the peasantry as a whole did not acquire land.

C. The result of the White Revolution was that the rural population could be separated into three groups: prosperous farmers, small landowners, and village laborers

D. In their place, though, emerged a new group of commercial farmers, and many previously large landowning families, such as the Pahlavi family, managed to renovate themselves into these commercial farmers.

E. Only roughly half of the rural population received any land, and many of the people who did receive land did not receive enough to _______ themselves.

F. Land reform, which was the focus of the White Revolution, did what it was intended to do, weaken the nobles and landlords.

G. The first group was the only group to really benefit from the land reforms, and this group consisted of former village headmen, bailiffs, and some former landlords.

68

Find the sentence which doesn't fit into the context.

  1. ((a))

    C

  2. ((b))

    D

  3. ((c))

    E

  4. ((d))

    A

  5. ((e))

    B

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

A

The correct answer is 'A.'

Key Points

  • The correct sequence or order of the segments after rearrangement is FDBECG.
  • The sentence 'F' is independent of any other sentence as it introduces the topic of ''The White Revolution'' and its focus i.e. weakening the nobles and landlords. Hence, 'F' is the first sentence.
  • Sentence D will come after F as it is talking about the emergence of a new group of commercial farmers, and many previously large landowning families in place of the nobles and landlords.
  • Sentence B will come after D as it is further giving information that a rapid expansion of small landowners did occur, but the peasantry as a whole did not acquire land.
  • Sentence E will come after B as it is giving information that only half of the rural population received any land and many of them who received the land did not receive enough of it to sustain themselves.
  • Sentence C will come after E as it is talking about the final outcome of the White Revolution i.e. separating the rural population into three groups.
  • The sentence 'G' is the final or sixth sentence as it is concluding that out of the three groups, the first group i.e. the group of prosperous farmers was the only group to really benefit from the land reforms.
  • The sentence 'A' doesn't fit into the context as it is talking about the beginning of the Green Revolution program in India.
<br>

Hence, the correct answer is option 4.

Paragraph after rearranging the sentences: Land reform, which was the focus of the White Revolution, did what it was intended to do, weaken the nobles and landlords. In their place, though, emerged a new group of commercial farmers, and many previously large landowning families, such as the Pahlavi family, managed to renovate themselves into these commercial farmers. A rapid expansion of small landowners did occur, but the peasantry as a whole did not acquire land. Only roughly half of the rural population received any land, and many of the people who did receive land did not receive enough to sustain themselves. The result of the White Revolution was that the rural population could be separated into three groups: prosperous farmers, small landowners, and village laborers. The first group was the only group to really benefit from the land reforms, and this group consisted of former village headmen, bailiffs, and some former landlords.

69

Find the appropriate word to fill in the blank.

Only roughly half of the rural population received any land, and many of the people who did receive land did not receive enough to _______ themselves.

  1. ((a))

    Torment

  2. ((b))

    Sustain

  3. ((c))

    Plague

  4. ((d))

    Agonize

  5. ((e))

    Excruciate

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Sustain

The correct answer is 'Sustain.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is saying that many of the rural population who received land did not receive enough to strengthen or support themselves.
  • Therefore, the most appropriate word to be filled in the blank is 'Sustain'.
  • Also, the use of the word ''enough'' in the sentence indicates the use of the word 'sustain' in the blank.
  • The word 'Sustain' means To strengthen or support physically or mentally.
  • Example: The soil in this part of the world is not rich enough to sustain a large population.

Hence, the correct answer is option 2.

Complete Sentence: Only roughly half of the rural population received any land, and many of the people who did receive land did not receive enough to sustain themselves.

Additional Information

  • Let us explore  the other options:
  • Torment means To cause to experience severe mental or physical suffering.
  • Plague means To cause somebody or something a lot of trouble.
  • Agonize means To worry or think for a long time about a difficult problem or situation.
  • Excruciate means To torment someone physically or mentally.
70

Which of the following should be the FIFTH sentence after rearrangement?

  1. ((a))

    F

  2. ((b))

    A

  3. ((c))

    C

  4. ((d))

    E

  5. ((e))

    B

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

C

The correct answer is 'C.'

Key Points

  • The correct sequence or order of the segments after rearrangement is FDBECG.
  • The sentence 'F' is independent of any other sentence as it introduces the topic of ''The White Revolution'' and its focus i.e. weakening the nobles and landlords. Hence, 'F' is the first sentence.
  • Sentence D will come after F as it is talking about the emergence of a new group of commercial farmers, and many previously large landowning families in place of the nobles and landlords.
  • Sentence B will come after D as it is further giving information that a rapid expansion of small landowners did occur, but the peasantry as a whole did not acquire land.
  • Sentence E will come after B as it is giving information that only half of the rural population received any land and many of them who received the land did not receive enough of it to sustain themselves.
  • Sentence C will come after E as it is talking about the final outcome of the White Revolution i.e. separating the rural population into three groups.
  • The sentence 'G' is the final or sixth sentence as it is concluding that out of the three groups, the first group i.e. the group of prosperous farmers was the only group to really benefit from the land reforms.
<br>

Hence, the correct answer is option 3.

Paragraph after rearranging the sentences: Land reform, which was the focus of the White Revolution, did what it was intended to do, weaken the nobles and landlords. In their place, though, emerged a new group of commercial farmers, and many previously large landowning families, such as the Pahlavi family, managed to renovate themselves into these commercial farmers. A rapid expansion of small landowners did occur, but the peasantry as a whole did not acquire land. Only roughly half of the rural population received any land, and many of the people who did receive land did not receive enough to sustain themselves. The result of the White Revolution was that the rural population could be separated into three groups: prosperous farmers, small landowners, and village laborers. The first group was the only group to really benefit from the land reforms, and this group consisted of former village headmen, bailiffs, and some former landlords.

71

Which of the following should be the FOURTH sentence after rearrangement?

  1. ((a))

    E

  2. ((b))

    D

  3. ((c))

    C

  4. ((d))

    A

  5. ((e))

    B

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

E

The correct answer is 'E.'

Key Points

  • The correct sequence or order of the segments after rearrangement is FDBECG.
  • The sentence 'F' is independent of any other sentence as it introduces the topic of ''The White Revolution'' and its focus i.e. weakening the nobles and landlords. Hence, 'F' is the first sentence.
  • Sentence D will come after F as it is talking about the emergence of a new group of commercial farmers, and many previously large landowning families in place of the nobles and landlords.
  • Sentence B will come after D as it is further giving information that a rapid expansion of small landowners did occur, but the peasantry as a whole did not acquire land.
  • Sentence E will come after B as it is giving information that only half of the rural population received any land and many of them who received the land did not receive enough of it to sustain themselves.
  • Sentence C will come after E as it is talking about the final outcome of the White Revolution i.e. separating the rural population into three groups.
  • The sentence 'G' is the final or sixth sentence as it is concluding that out of the three groups, the first group i.e. the group of prosperous farmers was the only group to really benefit from the land reforms.
<br>

Hence, the correct answer is option 1.

Paragraph after rearranging the sentences: Land reform, which was the focus of the White Revolution, did what it was intended to do, weaken the nobles and landlords. In their place, though, emerged a new group of commercial farmers, and many previously large landowning families, such as the Pahlavi family, managed to renovate themselves into these commercial farmers. A rapid expansion of small landowners did occur, but the peasantry as a whole did not acquire land. Only roughly half of the rural population received any land, and many of the people who did receive land did not receive enough to sustain themselves. The result of the White Revolution was that the rural population could be separated into three groups: prosperous farmers, small landowners, and village laborers. The first group was the only group to really benefit from the land reforms, and this group consisted of former village headmen, bailiffs, and some former landlords.

72

Which of the following should be the SECOND sentence after rearrangement?

  1. ((a))

    A

  2. ((b))

    F

  3. ((c))

    C

  4. ((d))

    B

  5. ((e))

    D

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

D

The correct answer is 'D.'

Key Points

  • The correct sequence or order of the segments after rearrangement is FDBECG.
  • The sentence 'F' is independent of any other sentence as it introduces the topic of ''The White Revolution'' and its focus i.e. weakening the nobles and landlords. Hence, 'F' is the first sentence.
  • Sentence D will come after F as it is talking about the emergence of a new group of commercial farmers, and many previously large landowning families in place of the nobles and landlords.
  • Sentence B will come after D as it is further giving information that a rapid expansion of small landowners did occur, but the peasantry as a whole did not acquire land.
  • Sentence E will come after B as it is giving information that only half of the rural population received any land and many of them who received the land did not receive enough of it to sustain themselves.
  • Sentence C will come after E as it is talking about the final outcome of the White Revolution i.e. separating the rural population into three groups.
  • The sentence 'G' is the final or sixth sentence as it is concluding that out of the three groups, the first group i.e. the group of prosperous farmers was the only group to really benefit from the land reforms.
<br>

Hence, the correct answer is option 5.

Paragraph after rearranging the sentences: Land reform, which was the focus of the White Revolution, did what it was intended to do, weaken the nobles and landlords. In their place, though, emerged a new group of commercial farmers, and many previously large landowning families, such as the Pahlavi family, managed to renovate themselves into these commercial farmers. A rapid expansion of small landowners did occur, but the peasantry as a whole did not acquire land. Only roughly half of the rural population received any land, and many of the people who did receive land did not receive enough to sustain themselves. The result of the White Revolution was that the rural population could be separated into three groups: prosperous farmers, small landowners, and village laborers. The first group was the only group to really benefit from the land reforms, and this group consisted of former village headmen, bailiffs, and some former landlords.

73

Direction: In the question below, there are two statements. Each statement consists of two blanks. You have to choose the option which provides the correct set of words that fit both the blanks in both the statements appropriately and in the same order making them meaningful and grammatically correct.

A major fire gutted a leading textile showroom in Surat, with fire and rescue services ____________ struggling to __________ the blaze in an operation extending for over 10 hours.

Lake Superior and Abrahm fire __________ reached the spot to ___________ the blaze. Officials brought the fire under control with the help of three fire engines.

  1. ((a))

    People, desiccate

  2. ((b))

    Personal, dehydrate

  3. ((c))

    Personnel, douse

  4. ((d))

    ​Security, dry

  5. ((e))

    Private, start

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Personnel, douse

The correct answer is 'Personnel, douse'.

Key Points

  • Statement 1 means that a major fire destroyed a leading textile showroom in Surat, with fire and rescue services workers struggling to extinguish the fire in an operation extending for over 10 hours.
  • Statement 2 means that Lake Superior and Lake Abrahm fire employees reached the spot to extinguish the blaze and brought the fire under control.
  • The meaning of the words given in option (3):
  • Personnel: people employed in an organization or engaged in an organized undertaking such as military service (किसी संगठन में कार्यरत या सैन्य सेवा जैसे संगठित उपक्रम में लगे लोग)
  • Example - Many of the personnel involved require training.
  • douse: extinguish a fire or light (आग या प्रकाश को बुझाना)
  • Example - Stewards appeared and the fire was doused.
  • From the given explanation, we can understand that option (3) is the correct answer.

Hence, the correct answer is option (3).

Complete sentences: 

A major fire gutted a leading textile showroom in Surat, with fire and rescue services personnel struggling to douse the blaze in an operation extending for over 10 hours.

Lake Superior and Abrahm fire personnel reached the spot to douse the blaze. Officials brought the fire under control with the help of three fire engines.

Additional Information

  • Let's learn the meaning of some difficult words given in options:
  • desiccate: cause to become completely dry (पूरी तरह से सूखने का कारण)
  • Example - Both the older growth and the new vegetation were desiccated by months of the relentless sun.
74

Direction: In the question below, there are two statements. Each statement consists of two blanks. You have to choose the option which provides the correct set of words that fit both the blanks in both the statements appropriately and in the same order making them meaningful and grammatically correct.

Abhishek was lauded for __________ handling India’s trade talks with RCEP, the China-led body that India didn’t ____________________ join.

Aamir Khan and Alaya F ______ play unwilling dad and persistent daughter, though Tony Kakkar’s film ______________ runs out of gas.

  1. ((a))

    Nimbly, immediately

  2. ((b))

    Deftly, Eventually

  3. ((c))

    gracefully, instantly

  4. ((d))

    Doubtfully, Lastly

  5. ((e))

    Unskillfully, Finally

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Deftly, Eventually

The correct answer is 'Deftly, eventually'.

Key Points

  • Statement 1 means that Abhishek was appreciated for cleverly handling India's trade talk with RCEP that India in the end didn't join.
  • Statement 2 means that Aamir Khan and Alaya F skillfully play unwilling dad and persistent daughter, though film in the end flopped.
  • The meaning of the words given in option (2):
  • Deftly: in a way that is neatly skilful and quick in movement (एक तरह से जो बड़े करीने से कुशल और आंदोलन में त्वरित है)
  • Example - Her fingers moved deftly, quickly parting the grass.
  • eventually: in the end, especially after a long delay, dispute, or series of problems (अंत में, विशेष रूप से एक लंबी देरी, विवाद, या समस्याओं की श्रृंखला के बाद)
  • Example - eventually, after midnight, I arrived at the hotel.
  • From the given explanation, we can understand that option (2) is the correct answer.

 

Hence, the correct answer is option (2).

Complete sentences:

Abhishek was lauded for deftly handling India’s trade talks with RCEP, the China-led body that India didn’t eventually join.

Aamir Khan and Alaya F deftly play unwilling dad and persistent daughter, though Tony Kakkar’s film eventually runs out of gas.

Additional Information

  • Let's learn the meaning of some difficult words given in options:
  • Nimbly: in a way that is quick and exact either in movement or thoughts (एक तरह से जो विचारों में त्वरित और सटीक है)
  • Example - The monkey leapt nimbly from rock to rock.
75

Direction: In the question below, there are two statements. Each statement consists of two blanks. You have to choose the option which provides the correct set of words that fit both the blanks in both the statements appropriately and in the same order making them meaningful and grammatically correct.

Maintaining the status quo on tax rates also sends a strong signal to the ____________ that the government is committed to a long-term stable and predictable tax policy, despite the current fiscal _____________.

With institutional clients to worry about, the pros duly cut positions across the board while retail ____________ , who are free from such ____________, charged on.

  1. ((a))

    Exporters, Allowance

  2. ((b))

    Importers, Allowance

  3. ((c))

    Investors, Constraints

  4. ((d))

    Financers, Liberty

  5. ((e))

    Importers, Freedom

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Investors, Constraints

The correct answer is 'Investors, Constraints'.

Key Points

  • Statement 1 means that maintaining the same status on tax rates sends a strong signal to the person putting money into financial schemes that the govt. is committed to a long-term stable and predictable tax policy, despite the current fiscal limitation.
  • Statement 2 means that with institutional clients to worry about, the pros duly cut positions across the board while retail investors, who are free from such hindrance, charged on.
  • The meaning of the words given in option (3):
  • Investors: a person or organization that puts money into financial schemes, property, etc. with the expectation of achieving a profit (एक व्यक्ति या संगठन जो लाभ प्राप्त करने की उम्मीद के साथ वित्तीय योजनाओं, संपत्ति आदि में पैसा लगाता है)
  • Example - Foreign investors in the British commercial property sector.
  • Constraints: a limitation or restriction (एक सीमा या प्रतिबंध)
  • Example - Time constraints make it impossible to do everything.
  • From the given explanation, we can understand that option (3) is the correct answer.

 

Hence, the correct answer is option (3).

Complete sentence:

Maintaining the status quo on tax rates also sends a strong signal to the investors that the government is committed to a long-term stable and predictable tax policy, despite the current fiscal constraints.

With institutional clients to worry about, the pros duly cut positions across the board while retail investors, who are free from such constraints, charged on.

76

Direction: In the question below, there are two statements. Each statement consists of two blanks. You have to choose the option which provides the correct set of words that fit both the blanks in both the statements appropriately and in the same order making them meaningful and grammatically correct.

The real advantage of this lens is that each area blends _______ into the other, and even better, building an ______ set that binds the lens and other parts of the telescope.

To determine your bridal style, first consider your wedding theme, as your overall hairstyle should mesh easily and _______ with your vision giving rise to an _________ appearance that takes the surrounding along with your desire.

  1. ((a))

    Brokenly, included

  2. ((b))

    Seamlessly, inclusive

  3. ((c))

    Abruptly, excluded

  4. ((d))

    Smooth, excluded

  5. ((e))

    Suddenly, exclusive

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Seamlessly, inclusive

The correct answer is 'Seamlessly, inclusive'.

Key Points

  • Statement 1 means that the real advantage of that lens it that each area blends smoothly into the other and even better and building a comprehensive set that binds the lens and other parts of the telescope.
  • Statement 2 means that to your bridal style, first consider your wedding theme, as your overall hairstyle should mesh easily and smoothly with your vision giving rise to an all-round appearance that takes the surrounding along with your desire.
  • The meaning of the words given in option (2):
  • Seamlessly: smoothly and continuously, with no apparent gaps or spaces between one part and the next (सुचारू रूप से और लगातार, एक भाग और दूसरे के बीच कोई स्पष्ट अंतराल या रिक्त स्थान नहीं है)
  • Example - Each song is seamlessly integrated into the film.
  • inclusive: including all the services or items normally expected or required (सामान्य रूप से अपेक्षित या आवश्यक सभी सेवाओं या वस्तुओं सहित)
  • Example - Menus stating fully inclusive prices.
  • From the given explanation, we can understand that option (2) is the correct answer.

Hence, the correct answer is option (2).

Complete sentences:

The real advantage of this lens is that each area blends Seamlessly into the other, and even better, building an inclusive set that binds the lens and other parts of the telescope.

To determine your bridal style, first consider your wedding theme, as your overall hairstyle should mesh easily and Seamlessly with your vision giving rise to an inclusive appearance that takes the surrounding along with your desire.

Additional Information

  • Let's learn the meaning of some difficult words given in options:
  • Abruptly: suddenly and unexpectedly (अचानक और अप्रत्याशित रूप से)
  • Example - The film ends rather abruptly.
77

Direction: In the question below, there are two statements. Each statement consists of two blanks. You have to choose the option which provides the correct set of words that fit both the blanks in both the statements appropriately and in the same order making them meaningful and grammatically correct.

His eyes seemed to have _____ all the fire of the world, and his tone was _________ , his features being calm.

After his blood was ______ we concluded that stimulants and strychnine may be given, but they should be avoided until it is certain the bleeding has been properly _________, as they tend to increase it.

  1. ((a))

    Get, constricted

  2. ((b))

    Collected, controlled

  3. ((c))

    withdrawn, owned

  4. ((d))

    Taken, owned

  5. ((e))

    Withdrawn, vague

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Collected, controlled

The correct answer is 'Collected, controlled'.

Key Points

  • Statement 1 means that his eyes seemed to have gathered all the fire of the world and his tone was supervised, his features being calm.
  • Statement 2 means that after his blood was accumulated, we concluded that stimulants and strychnine may be given, but they should be avoided until it is certain the bleeding has been properly controlled as they tend to increase it.
  • The meaning of the words given in option (2):
  • Collected: bring or gather together (एक साथ लाना या इकट्ठा करना)
  • Example - She went around the office collecting old coffee cups.
  • controlled: limit the level, intensity, or numbers of (स्तर, तीव्रता, या संख्या को सीमित करें)
  • Example - She had to control his temper.
  • From the given explanation, we can understand that option (2) is the correct answer.

Hence, the correct answer is option (2).

Complete sentences:

His eyes seemed to have collected all the fire of the world, and his tone was controlled, his features being calm.

After his blood was collected, we concluded that stimulants and strychnine may be given, but they should be avoided until it is certain the bleeding has been properly controlled, as they tend to increase it.

Additional Information

  • Let's learn the meaning of some difficult words given in options:
  • constricted: make narrower, especially by encircling pressure (संकीर्ण बनाओ, खासकर दबाव को घेरकर)
  • Example - Chemicals that constrict the blood vessels.
  • vague: of uncertain, indefinite, or unclear character or meaning (अनिश्चित, अनिश्चित, या अस्पष्ट चरित्र या अर्थ का)
  • Example - Many patients suffer vague symptoms.
78

Out of the phrases given in the options, select the one that should replace the word/phrase that is underlined in the sentence to make it grammatically correct. The word can be a synonym or antonym of the given word.

Academies have been male bastions with the significant inclusion of women scientists, irrespective of their contributions and work.

  1. ((a))

    embracing

  2. ((b))

    exclusion

  3. ((c))

    banishment

  4. ((d))

    adoption

  5. ((e))

    assimilation

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

exclusion

The correct answer is 'stringent'.

Key Points

  • Inclusion(noun): the act of comprising as a part of a whole or group**:** the state of being included.
  • example: School inclusion of students with disabilities is a necessity of society.
  • Exclusion(noun): the act or an instance of to bar from participation, consideration, or inclusion.
  • example: He was excluded from the club in light of his recent misbehaviour with a fellow member.

Hence, the word inclusion should be replaced with exclusion to form a contextually correct sentence.

The correct option is option 2.                                          

It should read as: Academies have been male bastions with the significant exclusion of women scientists, irrespective of their contributions and work.

 

Additional Information

Let us understand the meaning of other words

  • Embracing(gerund): to include
  • example: The painting was a modernist painting embracing the painter's ideas and themes.
  • Banishment(noun): the punishment of being sent away from a country or other place.
  • example: They were sentenced to banishment to the islands.
  • Adoption(noun): accepting or starting to use something new
  • example: I have recently adopted a healthier lifestyle.
  • Assimilation(noun): the process through which individuals and groups of differing heritages acquire the basic habits, attitudes, and mode of life of an embracing culture.
  • example:  My parents found it hard to assimilate to the city lifestyle.
79

Which of the phrases given in the options should replace the word phrase that is underlined in the sentence to make it grammatically correct? If the sentence is correct as it is and no correction is required, select 'No correction required' as the answer.

Resource management ought to give sufficient importance to the regeneration and desolation of these material resources as well as the subtle resource that resides within us.

  1. ((a))

    reinvention

  2. ((b))

    extinction

  3. ((c))

    reanimation

  4. ((d))

    revitalization

  5. ((e))

    annihilation

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

revitalization

The correct answer is 'revitalization'

Key Points

  • Desolation(noun): the state of being unattended to or not cared for.
  • example: The children were utterly desolated after their parents passed away.
  • Revitalization(noun): the act or an instance of bringing something back to life, public attention, or vigorous activity.
  • example: Yoga revitalizes the body.

Hence, the word desolation should be replaced with revitalization to form a contextually correct sentence.

The correct option is option 4.                                          

It should read as: Resource management ought to give sufficient importance to the regeneration and revitalization of these material resources as well as the subtle resource that resides within us.

  

Additional Information

Let us understand the meaning of other words

  • Reinvention(noun): the action or process through which something is changed so much that it appears to be entirely new.
  • example: The reinvention of the car parts made it a popular choice in the market.
  • Extinction(noun): a situation in which something no longer exists.
  • example: The African elephants are on the verge of extinction.
  • Reanimation(verb): to bring (someone or something) back to life or to come back to life.
  • example: The fish seemed to reanimate when put in water.
  • Annihilation(noun): the state or fact of being completely destroyed or obliterated
  • example:  The enemy troops were annihilated by the army.
80

In the given questions, a word in the sentence is printed in bold. Below the sentence, alternatives to the emboldened part are given which may help improve the sentence. Choose the correct alternative out of the given five options.

The anti-dumping statute gives American firms an internationally recognised tool to seek relief from the harmful impacts of unfair import prices.

  1. ((a))

    encouraging

  2. ((b))

    adverse

  3. ((c))

    adversely

  4. ((d))

    favourable

  5. ((e))

    prosperous

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

adverse

The correct answer is Adverse.

Key Points 

  • Harmful: Causing or capable of causing harm
  • "too much sun is harmful to the skin"
  • Adverse: Contrary to your interests or welfare
  • "adverse circumstances"
  • Adversely is incorrect as the grammatically correct form of the word would be adverse here which means harmful.

Hence, the word 'Harmful' should be replaced with 'Adverse' to form a contextually correct sentence.

It should read as:  

The anti-dumping statute gives American firms an internationally recognised tool to seek relief from the adverse impacts of unfair import prices.

 Additional Information

​ Let us understand the meaning of the other options:

  • encouraging: Furnishing support and encouragement
  • adversely: In an adverse manner
  • favourable: Encouraging, approving or pleasing
  • prosperous: In fortunate circumstances financially
81

Directions: In the question below, a sentence is given. From the options, choose the one that conveys the same meaning as the given statement. If all of them convey the same meaning, mark E as your response.

Corporate organizations have usually well-defined processes, which makes it a lot more difficult to get things done or influence the big picture. 

A) Communication between the employees and the founders or management is open and transparent.

B) Many people are involved in the decisions and the decision process is often quite long and as logical as possible.

C) This fast-paced, dynamic environment can be extremely exciting and provides many opportunities to learn!

D) The work can differ from day to day and your roles and tasks can change entirely from one week to the next.

E) All are correct.

  1. ((a))

    A

  2. ((b))

    B

  3. ((c))

    C

  4. ((d))

    D

  5. ((e))

    E

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

B

The correct answer is 'B.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is talking about Corporate organization in which you have usually well-defined processes.
  • Options A, C, and D are talking about Startups and their advantages and work cultures.
  • The second sentence is about Corporate organization in which many people are involved in the decisions and the decision process is often quite long and as logical as possible.

Hence, the correct answer is option 2.

82

Directions: In the question below, a sentence is given. From the options, choose the one that conveys the same meaning as the given statement. If all of them convey the same meaning, mark E as your response.

Marketing is the activity, set of institutions, and processes for creating, communicating, delivering, and exchanging offerings that have value for customers.

A) It aims at promoting goods and services, pricing them, and making them available to customers.

B) It involves a substantial investment, interestingly, sales are the business process that generates revenue for the business.

C) The exchange of commodities for money; the action of selling something.

D) The main focus is to increase sales and maximize revenue.

E) All are correct.

  1. ((a))

    A

  2. ((b))

    B

  3. ((c))

    C

  4. ((d))

    D

  5. ((e))

    E

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

A

The correct answer is 'A.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is talking about Marketing which is the activity, set of institutions, and processes for creating, communicating, delivering, and exchanging offerings that have value for customers.
  • Options B, C, and D are talking about 'Sales' which is the exchange of commodities for money; the action of selling something, and its main focus.
  • The first sentence is about Marketing’s primary focus i.e. promoting goods and services, pricing them, and making them available to customers.

Hence, the correct answer is option 1.

83

Directions: In the question below, a sentence is given. From the options, choose the one that conveys the same meaning as the given statement. If all of them convey the same meaning, mark E as your response.

With physical learning, mentors and teachers have to be present in the classroom on location and only a limited number of students could benefit from this.

A) This tech-oriented approach to learning has helped students save a lot of time and their testimonials are living proof of this.

B) The biggest advantage is that you can literally learn from anywhere you like.

C) The commute up and down will take away a huge part of your time and not to mention the risks associated with travel and the energy you end up draining in the process.

D) Students can virtually be present inside the classrooms of some of the best teachers in the industry. 

E) All are correct.

  1. ((a))

    A

  2. ((b))

    B

  3. ((c))

    C

  4. ((d))

    D

  5. ((e))

    E

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

C

The correct answer is 'C.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is talking about Physical or Offline learning in which mentors and teachers have to be present in the classroom on location and only a limited number of students could benefit from this
  • Options A, B, and D are talking about Online learning and its different advantages.
  • The third sentence is about Physical or Offline learning in which the commute can be hectic and involves a huge loss of time. 

Hence, the correct answer is option 3.

84

Directions: In the question below, a sentence is given. From the options, choose the one that conveys the same meaning as the given statement. If all of them convey the same meaning, mark E as your response.

Fellowship is focused on the development of a student by offering them study in a specific field.

A) It is offered to students or trainees interested in exploring and gaining more work experience in a particular industry.

B) It is mainly for undergraduate students in their final year, however, fresh graduates can also apply for it after they complete their studies.

C) For an internship program, companies display what they have on their websites or through other media and candidates have to apply.

D) It supports a range of different activities for purposes of research, graduates studies, developing community-based organizations, providing opportunities for exploring a field of work, and offering training.

E) All are correct.

  1. ((a))

    A

  2. ((b))

    B

  3. ((c))

    C

  4. ((d))

    D

  5. ((e))

    E

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

D

The correct answer is 'D.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is talking about Fellowship which is focused on the development of a student by offering them study in a specific field.
  • The first three options A, B, and C are talking about Internship that it is offered to students or trainees interested in exploring and gaining more work experience in a particular industry, eligibility, and how to apply for an internship program.
  • The fourth sentence is about Fellowship as it talks about a range of different activities in it; providing opportunities for exploring a field of work.

Hence, the correct answer is option 4.

85

Directions: In the question below, a sentence is given. From the options, choose the one that conveys the same meaning as the given statement. If all of them convey the same meaning, mark E as your response.

It is being constantly evolved for the inclusion of better-proven techniques for curing ailments and it also includes forms of treatment from alternative medicine fields once they are clinically tested and proven.

A) In this form of medication, the body of an ill person is exposed to similar kinds of other diseases, this helps them boost their immune system and fight against the disease.

B) In this form of medication, the body of an ill person is exposed to similar kinds of other diseases as it aims at curing the entire body.

C) It is also known as Modern Medicine and is based on proofs and successful clinical trials of medications.

D) A system of alternative medicine, which was developed by German physician Samuel Hahnemann, Homeopathy translates into ‘similar suffering’.

E) All are correct.

  1. ((a))

    A

  2. ((b))

    B

  3. ((c))

    C

  4. ((d))

    D

  5. ((e))

    E

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

C

The correct answer is 'C.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is talking about Allopathy as it is talking about the inclusion of better-proven techniques for curing ailments.
  • Options A, B, and D are talking about Homeopathy as it aims at curing the entire body of an ill person.
  • The third sentence is about Allopathy which is also known as Modern Medicine and is based on proofs and successful clinical trials of medications.

Hence, the correct answer is option 3.

86

Directions: In the question below, a sentence is given. From the options, choose the one that conveys the same meaning as the given statement. If all of them convey the same meaning, mark E as your response.

At a hospital, you see doctors with a variety of backgrounds who work together to deal with your medical concerns.

A) They typically cover the primary care needs of populations in local communities, in contrast to larger hospitals.

B) You may not always get the specialized care you need during your stay, but you can learn about the next steps in your care plan.

C) It may have extended hours and be open during evenings, weekends, and holidays.

D) A general clinic may not have the technology to help if you have a condition that requires specialized knowledge.

E) All are correct.

  1. ((a))

    A

  2. ((b))

    B

  3. ((c))

    C

  4. ((d))

    D

  5. ((e))

    E

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

B

The correct answer is 'B.'

Key Points

  • The given sentence is talking about Hospitals in which you see doctors with a variety of backgrounds who work together to deal with your medical concerns.
  • Options A, C, and D are talking about Clinics and how they typically cover the primary care needs of populations in local communities, in contrast to larger hospitals.
  • The second sentence is about Hospitals as it is talking about the stay of the patients during their treatments which is not possible in clinics.

Hence, the correct answer is option 2.

87

In the sentence, certain words are in bold and numbered from A to E, which are the possible pairs to be interchanged.Choose the pair(s) of words which need to be interchanged to make the sentence grammatically correct and meaningful.

The company uses AI software (A) installed in the cameras to (B) generating video footage of traffic, (C) analyse  data that helps local (D) authorities to plan traffic (E) management.

  1. ((a))

    A-C

  2. ((b))

    B-D and A-E

  3. ((c))

    B-C

  4. ((d))

    A-D

  5. ((e))

    C-E

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

B-C

The correct answer is option 3), i.e. B-C.

We can go through the sentence in the following way:

The company uses AI software (A)________ in the cameras to (B)________ video footage of traffic, (C)________ data that helps local (D)________ to plan traffic (E)________.

Installed means to place or to fix something.

Authorities means control or power.

Management means dealing with something; handling someething.

Clearly, A,D and E have meaningful words and these are grammatically correct.

Generating means to give rise to.

Analyse means to examine.

It can be said that cameras are used to examine something and information can be gathered through this. So, B and C should be interchanged.

The correct answer:

The company uses AI software (A) installed in the cameras to (B) analyse video footage of traffic, (C) generating  data that helps local (D) authorities to plan traffic (E) management.

88

In the sentence, certain words are in bold and numbered from A to E, which are the possible pairs to be interchanged. Choose the pair(s) of words which need to be interchanged to make the sentence grammatically correct and meaningful. 

The project has far-reaching (A) notably across cancer research, perhaps most (B) consequences in helping clinicians design treatment (C) regimens for individual cancer patients—bringing us closer to making what’s called (D) precision medicine a (E) reality.

  1. ((a))

    A-B

  2. ((b))

    C-D

  3. ((c))

    A-D

  4. ((d))

    D-E

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

A-B

The correct answer is option 1) i.e. A-B.

Let us look at the sentence in the following way-

The project has far-reaching (A) _________ across cancer research, perhaps most (B) _________ in helping clinicians design treatment (C) _________ for individual cancer patients—bringing us closer to making what’s called (D) _________ medicine a (E)_________.

  • Meanings of the words in bold are:
  • Notably means in particular; especially.
  • Consequences means results or effects, typically those that are unwelcome or unpleasant.
  • Regimens means prescribed courses of medical treatment, diet, or exercise for the promotion or restoration of health.
  • Precision means the quality, condition, or fact of being exact and accurate.
  • Reality means the state of things as they actually exist; actuality.
  • It is clear that C and D are correct. Also, E justifies the bold word.
  • A requires a noun that means 'the results of the project mentioned'. 'Consequence' is a noun. B requires an adverb, so 'notably' should come here. Hence, we need to interchange A and B to make the sentence correct.

Corrected sentence - The project has far-reaching (A) consequences across cancer research, perhaps most (B) notably in helping clinicians design treatment (C) regimens for individual cancer patients—bringing us closer to making what’s called (D) precision medicine a (E) reality.

89

In the sentence, certain words are in bold and numbered from A to E, which are the possible pairs to be interchanged. Choose the pair(s) of words which need to be interchanged to make the sentence grammatically correct and meaningful. 

Despite this (A) unidentified and the efforts of thousands of scientists working to (B) ward off dangerous new (C) outbreaks, the coronavirus behind COVID-19 was (D) network when it launched into an (E) unprepared world at the end of 2019.

  1. ((a))

    B-C

  2. ((b))

    D-E

  3. ((c))

    A-D

  4. ((d))

    A-C

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

A-D

The correct answer is option 3.

Let us look at the sentence in the following way-

Despite this (A) ______ and the efforts of thousands of scientists working to (B) ______  off dangerous new (C) ______ , the coronavirus behind COVID-19 was (D) ______  when it launched into an (E) ______  world at the end of 2019. 

  • Meanings of the words in bold are:
  • Unidentified means not recognized or identified.
  • 'Ward off' is a phrasal verb meaning 'to prevent a danger or illness from affecting you or harming you'.
  • Outbreaks means sudden occurrences of something unwelcome, such as war or disease.
  • Network means a group or system of interconnected things.
  • Unprepared means not ready or able to deal with something.
  • It is clear that B and C are correct. Also, E justifies the bold word.
  • A requires a noun(network). D requires an adjective(unidentified). We need to interchange A-D to make the sentence correct.

Corrected sentence - Despite this (A) network and the efforts of thousands of scientists working to (B) ward off dangerous new (C) outbreaks, the coronavirus behind COVID-19 was (D) unidentified when it launched into an (E) unprepared world at the end of 2019.

90

In the sentence, certain words are in bold and numbered from A to E, which are the possible pairs to be interchanged. Choose the pair(s) of words which need to be interchanged to make the sentence grammatically correct and meaningful. 

It is true that salmon and other fish have been (A) banished from rivers and (B) depredations in which they once (C) abounded, but this was not (D) owing to the great (E) creeks of fishermen, as has generally been supposed.

  1. ((a))

    A-B

  2. ((b))

    B-E

  3. ((c))

    C-D

  4. ((d))

    D-E

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

B-E

The correct answer is option 2) i.e. B-E.

Let us look at the sentence in the following way-

It is true that salmon and other fish have been (A) _______ from rivers and (B) ______ in which they once (C) _______, but this was not (D) ______to the great (E)  ______ of fishermen, as has generally been supposed.

  • Meanings of the words in bold are:
  • Banished means got rid of (something unwanted).
  • Creeks means narrow, sheltered waterways, especially inlets in shorelines or channels in marshes.
  • Abounded means existed in large numbers or amounts.
  • Depredations means acts of attacking or plundering.
  • It is clear that A and C are correct. Also, D justifies the bold word.
  • B requires a word that describes a narrow waterway. E requires a word which describes the attacks against fisherman. Hence, we need to interchange B and E to make the sentence correct.

Corrected sentence - It is true that salmon and other fish have been (A) banished from rivers and (B) creeks in which they once (C) abounded, but this was not (D) owing to the great (E) depredations of fishermen, as has generally been supposed.

Reasoning Ability & Computer Aptitude (50 questions)

Direction: Read the given information and answer the following questions:

Seven persons attends the interview in a week starting from Monday and ends on Sunday and they like different items T-shirt, Shoes, Top, Jeans, Bag, TV and Refrigerator, but not necessarily in the same order. Three persons attend the interview between R and the one who likes Refrigerator. Only two persons attend the interview after the one who likes Jeans. R attends the interview before the one who likes Refrigerator. Only one person attends the interview between N and the one who likes Top. The one who likes T-shirt attends the interview immediately before the one who likes Top. W does not like Top. The one who likes Bag attends the interview immediately before R. As many persons attend the interview before W as after N. G attends the interview immediately after the one who likes TV. N and G does not attend the interview consecutively. K attends the interview immediately after L. W does not like Shoes. P is one of the persons.

91

Four of the following five are like in a certain way based on the above arrangement. Find which of the following one does not belong to the group?

  1. ((a))

    G-Jeans

  2. ((b))

    R-Shoes 

  3. ((c))

    N-Top

  4. ((d))

    W-T-shirt

  5. ((e))

    L-TV

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

W-T-shirt

Persons: G, K, L, N, P, R and W.

Days: Monday to Sunday

Things: T-shirt, Shoes, Top, Jeans, Bag, TV and Refrigerator,

  1. Only two persons attend the interview after the one who likes Jeans.
DAYSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAY
TUESDAY
WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY
FRIDAYJeans
SATURDAY
SUNDAY

2. Three persons attend the interview between R and the one who likes Refrigerator. 3. R attends the interview before the one who likes Refrigerator. 4. The one who likes Bag attends the interview immediately before R.

CASE 1CASE 2
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYBag
TUESDAYRBag
WEDNESDAYR
THURSDAY
FRIDAYJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigerator
SUNDAYRefrigerator

5. Only one person attends the interview between N and the one who likes Top. 6. The one who likes T-shirt attends the interview immediately before the one who likes Top.

CASE 1CASE 1 ACASE 2CASE 2A
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYNBagBag
TUESDAYRT shirtRT shirtNBagBag
WEDNESDAYTopTopRT shirtRT shirt
THURSDAYTopTop
FRIDAYJeansNJeansJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigeratorRefrigeratorN
SUNDAYRefrigeratorRefrigerator

7. As many persons attend the interview before W as after N. 8. W does not like Top. So, Case 1A is eliminated.

CASE 1CASE 2CASE 2A
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYNBag
TUESDAYRT shirtNBagWBag
WEDNESDAYTopRT shirtRT shirt
THURSDAYTopTop
FRIDAYJeansJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigeratorWN
SUNDAYWRefrigeratorRefrigerator

9. G attends the interview immediately after the one who likes TV. 10.  N and G does not attend the interview consecutively. So, Case 2A is eliminated.

CASE 1CASE 2
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYNBag
TUESDAYRT shirtNBag
WEDNESDAYTopRT shirt
THURSDAYTVTop
FRIDAYGJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigeratorWTV
SUNDAYWGRefrigerator
  1. W does not like Shoes. So, Case 1 is eliminated.
  2. P is one of the persons.

The final arrangement is,

CASE 2
DAYSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYPShoes
TUESDAYNBag
WEDNESDAYRT shirt
THURSDAYLTop
FRIDAYKJeans
SATURDAYWTV
SUNDAYGRefrigerator

 

Except W-T Shirt every pair has one person in between them whereas W- T Shirt have two persons in between them.

Hence, W - T Shirt is the answer.

92

Who among the following person attends the class immediately after K?

  1. ((a))

    G

  2. ((b))

    The one who bought refrigerator

  3. ((c))

    The one who bought bag

  4. ((d))

    P

  5. ((e))

    W

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

W

Persons: G, K, L, N, P, R and W.

Days: Monday to Sunday

Things: T-shirt, Shoes, Top, Jeans, Bag, TV and Refrigerator,

  1. Only two persons attend the interview after the one who likes Jeans.
DAYSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAY
TUESDAY
WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY
FRIDAYJeans
SATURDAY
SUNDAY

2. Three persons attend the interview between R and the one who likes Refrigerator. 3. R attends the interview before the one who likes Refrigerator. 4. The one who likes Bag attends the interview immediately before R.

CASE 1CASE 2
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYBag
TUESDAYRBag
WEDNESDAYR
THURSDAY
FRIDAYJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigerator
SUNDAYRefrigerator

5. Only one person attends the interview between N and the one who likes Top. 6. The one who likes T-shirt attends the interview immediately before the one who likes Top.

CASE 1CASE 1 ACASE 2CASE 2A
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYNBagBag
TUESDAYRT shirtRT shirtNBagBag
WEDNESDAYTopTopRT shirtRT shirt
THURSDAYTopTop
FRIDAYJeansNJeansJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigeratorRefrigeratorN
SUNDAYRefrigeratorRefrigerator

7. As many persons attend the interview before W as after N. 8. W does not like Top. So, Case 1A is eliminated.

CASE 1CASE 2CASE 2A
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYNBag
TUESDAYRT shirtNBagWBag
WEDNESDAYTopRT shirtRT shirt
THURSDAYTopTop
FRIDAYJeansJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigeratorWN
SUNDAYWRefrigeratorRefrigerator

9. G attends the interview immediately after the one who likes TV. 10.  N and G does not attend the interview consecutively. So, Case 2A is eliminated.

CASE 1CASE 2
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYNBag
TUESDAYRT shirtNBag
WEDNESDAYTopRT shirt
THURSDAYTVTop
FRIDAYGJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigeratorWTV
SUNDAYWGRefrigerator
  1. W does not like Shoes. So, Case 1 is eliminated.
  2. P is one of the persons.

The final arrangement is,

CASE 2
DAYSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYPShoes
TUESDAYNBag
WEDNESDAYRT shirt
THURSDAYLTop
FRIDAYKJeans
SATURDAYWTV
SUNDAYGRefrigerator

Hence, W attends the class immediately after K.

93

If P is related to Bag, R is related to Top, in the same way K is related to which of the following item?

  1. ((a))

    Refrigerator

  2. ((b))

    Shoes

  3. ((c))

    Jean

  4. ((d))

    TV

  5. ((e))

    Tops

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

TV

Persons: G, K, L, N, P, R and W.

Days: Monday to Sunday

Things: T-shirt, Shoes, Top, Jeans, Bag, TV and Refrigerator,

  1. Only two persons attend the interview after the one who likes Jeans.
DAYSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAY
TUESDAY
WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY
FRIDAYJeans
SATURDAY
SUNDAY

2. Three persons attend the interview between R and the one who likes Refrigerator. 3. R attends the interview before the one who likes Refrigerator. 4. The one who likes Bag attends the interview immediately before R.

CASE 1CASE 2
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYBag
TUESDAYRBag
WEDNESDAYR
THURSDAY
FRIDAYJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigerator
SUNDAYRefrigerator

5. Only one person attends the interview between N and the one who likes Top. 6. The one who likes T-shirt attends the interview immediately before the one who likes Top.

CASE 1CASE 1 ACASE 2CASE 2A
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYNBagBag
TUESDAYRT shirtRT shirtNBagBag
WEDNESDAYTopTopRT shirtRT shirt
THURSDAYTopTop
FRIDAYJeansNJeansJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigeratorRefrigeratorN
SUNDAYRefrigeratorRefrigerator

7. As many persons attend the interview before W as after N. 8. W does not like Top. So, Case 1A is eliminated.

CASE 1CASE 2CASE 2A
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYNBag
TUESDAYRT shirtNBagWBag
WEDNESDAYTopRT shirtRT shirt
THURSDAYTopTop
FRIDAYJeansJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigeratorWN
SUNDAYWRefrigeratorRefrigerator

9. G attends the interview immediately after the one who likes TV. 10.  N and G does not attend the interview consecutively. So, Case 2A is eliminated.

CASE 1CASE 2
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYNBag
TUESDAYRT shirtNBag
WEDNESDAYTopRT shirt
THURSDAYTVTop
FRIDAYGJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigeratorWTV
SUNDAYWGRefrigerator
  1. W does not like Shoes. So, Case 1 is eliminated.
  2. P is one of the persons.

The final arrangement is,

CASE 2
DAYSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYPShoes
TUESDAYNBag
WEDNESDAYRT shirt
THURSDAYLTop
FRIDAYKJeans
SATURDAYWTV
SUNDAYGRefrigerator

If P is related to Bag, R is related to Top, in the same way K is related to TV.

Hence, TV is the answer.

94

How many persons attend the class after the one who bought shoes? 

  1. ((a))

    No one

  2. ((b))

    1

  3. ((c))

    2

  4. ((d))

    3

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

None of the above

Persons: G, K, L, N, P, R and W.

Days: Monday to Sunday

Things: T-shirt, Shoes, Top, Jeans, Bag, TV and Refrigerator,

  1. Only two persons attend the interview after the one who likes Jeans.
DAYSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAY
TUESDAY
WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY
FRIDAYJeans
SATURDAY
SUNDAY

2. Three persons attend the interview between R and the one who likes Refrigerator. 3. R attends the interview before the one who likes Refrigerator. 4. The one who likes Bag attends the interview immediately before R.

CASE 1CASE 2
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYBag
TUESDAYRBag
WEDNESDAYR
THURSDAY
FRIDAYJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigerator
SUNDAYRefrigerator

5. Only one person attends the interview between N and the one who likes Top. 6. The one who likes T-shirt attends the interview immediately before the one who likes Top.

CASE 1CASE 1 ACASE 2CASE 2A
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYNBagBag
TUESDAYRT shirtRT shirtNBagBag
WEDNESDAYTopTopRT shirtRT shirt
THURSDAYTopTop
FRIDAYJeansNJeansJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigeratorRefrigeratorN
SUNDAYRefrigeratorRefrigerator

7. As many persons attend the interview before W as after N. 8. W does not like Top. So, Case 1A is eliminated.

CASE 1CASE 2CASE 2A
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYNBag
TUESDAYRT shirtNBagWBag
WEDNESDAYTopRT shirtRT shirt
THURSDAYTopTop
FRIDAYJeansJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigeratorWN
SUNDAYWRefrigeratorRefrigerator

9. G attends the interview immediately after the one who likes TV. 10.  N and G does not attend the interview consecutively. So, Case 2A is eliminated.

CASE 1CASE 2
DAYSPERSONSTHINGSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYNBag
TUESDAYRT shirtNBag
WEDNESDAYTopRT shirt
THURSDAYTVTop
FRIDAYGJeansJeans
SATURDAYRefrigeratorWTV
SUNDAYWGRefrigerator
  1. W does not like Shoes. So, Case 1 is eliminated.
  2. P is one of the persons.

The final arrangement is,

CASE 2
DAYSPERSONSTHINGS
MONDAYPShoes
TUESDAYNBag
WEDNESDAYRT shirt
THURSDAYLTop
FRIDAYKJeans
SATURDAYWTV
SUNDAYGRefrigerator

6 persons attend the interview after the one who bought shoes.

Hence, none of the above is the answer.

Direction: Read the given information and answer the following questions:

In a hexagon arrangement, at each corner a triangle is placed which is denoted by two letters and two numbers. Below are given some of the conditions:

  1. If the number is perfect square, then only the number is reduced by 1.
  2. If there is at least one vowel then change it to the succeeding alphabet.
  3. If both digits are odd then increase those digits by 2.
  4. If any one of the consonants is greater than M in alphabetical order then change it to the previous alphabet.

Note: If no condition is applied then there will be no change. Apply the above given conditions to find the output. More than one condition is applicable.

For example,

InputOutput
Triangle 14, 93, 8
Triangle 2u, pv, o
Triangle 32, 32, 3
Triangle 4e, rf, q
Triangle 5j, kj, k
Triangle 63, 35, 5

As per the rules followed in the above steps, find the steps required to rearrange the given input and answer the questions based on it.

Input

 

Input
Triangle 1r, p
Triangle 2e, s
Triangle 35, 5
Triangle 4t, x
Triangle 5d, g
Triangle 62, 3
95

How many letters are there between the first letter of the output of triangle 1 and second letter of output of triangle 5?

  1. ((a))

    11

  2. ((b))

    8

  3. ((c))

    10

  4. ((d))

    7

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

None of the above

In the given illustration:

  1. If the number is perfect square, then only the number is reduced by 1.
  2. If there is at least one vowel then change it to the succeeding alphabet.
  3. If both digits are odd then increase those digits by 2.
  4. If any one of the consonants is greater than M in alphabetical order then change it to the previous alphabet.

Note: If no condition is applied then there will be no change.

Applying the same operation in the given input, we get:

Input                                              Output

Triangle 1              r, p                    q, o

Triangle 2             e, s                    f, r

Triangle 3             5, 5                    7, 7

Triangle 4             t, x                     s, w

Triangle 5             d, g                   d, g

Triangle 6             2, 3                   2, 3

In pictorial representation,

 

The letters between the first letter of the output of triangle 1 (q) and second letter of output of triangle 5 (g) is 9.

Hence, none of the above is the answer.

96

What is the output of triangle 4?

  1. ((a))

    u, y

  2. ((b))

    t, x

  3. ((c))

    s, x

  4. ((d))

    s, w

  5. ((e))

    t, r

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

s, w

In the given illustration:

  1. If the number is perfect square, then only the number is reduced by 1.
  2. If there is at least one vowel then change it to the succeeding alphabet.
  3. If both digits are odd then increase those digits by 2.
  4. If any one of the consonants is greater than M in alphabetical order then change it to the previous alphabet.

Note: If no condition is applied then there will be no change.

Applying the same operation in the given input, we get:

Input                                              Output

Triangle 1              r, p                    q, o

Triangle 2             e, s                    f, r

Triangle 3             5, 5                    7, 7

Triangle 4             t, x                     s, w

Triangle 5             d, g                   d, g

Triangle 6             2, 3                   2, 3

In pictorial representation,

 

Hence, the output of triangle 4 is s,w.

97

What is the sum of first number of output of triangle 3 and the second number of output of triangle 6?

  1. ((a))

    10

  2. ((b))

    9

  3. ((c))

    8

  4. ((d))

    7

  5. ((e))

    6

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

10

In the given illustration:

  1. If the number is perfect square, then only the number is reduced by 1.
  2. If there is at least one vowel then change it to the succeeding alphabet.
  3. If both digits are odd then increase those digits by 2.
  4. If any one of the consonants is greater than M in alphabetical order then change it to the previous alphabet.

Note: If no condition is applied then there will be no change.

Applying the same operation in the given input, we get:

Input                                              Output

Triangle 1              r, p                    q, o

Triangle 2             e, s                    f, r

Triangle 3             5, 5                    7, 7

Triangle 4             t, x                     s, w

Triangle 5             d, g                   d, g

Triangle 6             2, 3                   2, 3

In pictorial representation,

 

The sum of first number of output of triangle 3 (7) and the second number of output of triangle 6 (3) is 7 + 3 = 10.

Hence**, 10 is the answer.**

98

What is the sum of the product of numbers of output of triangle 3 and product of numbers of output of triangle 6?

  1. ((a))

    31

  2. ((b))

    55

  3. ((c))

    49

  4. ((d))

    61

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

55

In the given illustration:

  1. If the number is perfect square, then only the number is reduced by 1.
  2. If there is at least one vowel then change it to the succeeding alphabet.
  3. If both digits are odd then increase those digits by 2.
  4. If any one of the consonants is greater than M in alphabetical order then change it to the previous alphabet.

Note: If no condition is applied then there will be no change.

Applying the same operation in the given input, we get:

Input                                              Output

Triangle 1              r, p                    q, o

Triangle 2             e, s                    f, r

Triangle 3             5, 5                    7, 7

Triangle 4             t, x                     s, w

Triangle 5             d, g                   d, g

Triangle 6             2, 3                   2, 3

In pictorial representation,

 

The sum of the product of numbers of output of triangle 3 (7, 7) and product of numbers of output of triangle 6 (2, 3) is [(7x7) + (2x3)] = 49 + 6 = 55.

Hence, 55 is the answer.

99

Direction: In the given word "AUTHORISE" replace the consonants with the succeeding letter as per the English alphabet series and vowel with their preceding letter as per the English alphabet series. Then arrange the letters in reverse alphabetical order from right to left. Which of the following letter is third from the left end after arrangement?

  1. ((a))

    D

  2. ((b))

    H

  3. ((c))

    I

  4. ((d))

    N

  5. ((e))

    S

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

I

Given word: AUTHORISE

Replacing the consonants with the succeeding letter and vowel with their preceding letter, we get

Given wordAUTHORISE
After rearrangementZTUINSHTD
Descending order from right to leftDHINSTTUZ

 

Hence, I is third letter from the left end.

100

In the question below are given three statements followed by conclusions given in the options. You have to take the given statements to be true even if they seem to be variance with commonly known facts. Read all the conclusions and then decide which of the given conclusions definitely follow from the given statements disregarding commonly known facts.

Statement:

Some apples are mango

No mango is papaya

Only a few papayas are kiwi

Conclusion:

I. Some papayas are not kiwi

II. All mangoes are kiwi is a possibility

III. Some apples are not kiwi

  1. ((a))

    Only III follows

  2. ((b))

    Both I and II follows

  3. ((c))

    Both I and III follows

  4. ((d))

    Either I or II and III follows

  5. ((e))

    All I, II, III follows

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Both I and II follows

The least possible Venn diagram from the above statements is,

I. Some papayas are not kiwi - True.

II. All mangoes are kiwi is a possibility - True.

III. Some apples are not kiwi - False. ( It is possible but not definite)

Hence, both I and II follows.

101

Direction: In the question below are given three statements followed by conclusions given in the options. You have to take the given statements to be true even if they seem to be variance with commonly known facts. Read all the conclusions and then decide which of the given conclusions definitely does not follow (or is not a possibility of occurrence) from the given statements disregarding commonly known facts

Statement:

Some fruits are jam

Only a few jams are butter

All butter is gee

Conclusion:

I. All gee can be jam

II. Some butters are not jam

III. All butter are fruit is a possibility

  1. ((a))

    Only II 

  2. ((b))

    Both I and II

  3. ((c))

    Both I and III

  4. ((d))

    Either I or II and III

  5. ((e))

    All I, II, III

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Only II 

The least possible Venn diagram from the above statements is,

I. All gee can be jam - possible (the possibility is shown in the diagram given below).

II. Some butters are not jam - not follows

III. All butter are fruit is a possibility - possible ( the possibility is shown in the diagram given below).

Hence, Only II does not follow.

102

Direction: In the question below are given three statements followed by conclusions given in the options. You have to take the given statements to be true even if they seem to be variance with commonly known facts. Read all the conclusions and then decide which of the given conclusions definitely follow from the given statements disregarding commonly known facts.

Statement:

Only a few cars are van

All van is jeep

No jeep is bus

Conclusion:

I. Some buses are car.

II. No bus is car.

III. All jeep are car is a possibility.

  1. ((a))

    Only III follows 

  2. ((b))

    Both I and II follows

  3. ((c))

    Both I and III follows

  4. ((d))

    Either I or II and III follows

  5. ((e))

    All I, II, III follows

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Either I or II and III follows

The least possible diagram from the above statements is,

I. Some buses are car - not follows (it is possible but not definite)

II. No bus is car - not follows (it is possible but not definite)

III. All jeep are car is a possibility - follows

Hence, Either I or II and III follows.

103

Directions: In each of the questions below consists of a question and two statements numbered I and II given below it. You have to decide whether the data provided in the statements are sufficient to answer the question. Read both the statements and Give answer.

There are six family members G, K, S, T, R and V in a family. How is V related to R?

Statement I: G is the father of V. K is the grandson of S. T is the wife of R.

Statement II: K is the son of T. T is the daughter of S. V is the sibling of S.

  1. ((a))

    If the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement II alone are not sufficient to answer the question 

  2. ((b))

    If the data in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement I alone are not sufficient to answer the question

  3. ((c))

    If the data either in statement, I alone or in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question

  4. ((d))

    If the data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question

  5. ((e))

    If the data in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

If the data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question

In these types of questions, we will analyze both the statements one by one.

According to the given information we draw a family tree by using the following symbols,

I. As per the first statement, we cannot draw any conclusion as all the three statements are different.

II. As per the second statement, the family tree looks like this:

From this statement also, we cannot draw the conclusion.

Now we will combine both these statements and after combining the arrangement will look like this: 

Now from this diagram, we cannot draw the conclusion.

The data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question.

104

Directions: In each of the questions below consists of a question and two statements numbered I and II given below it. You have to decide whether the data provided in the statements are sufficient to answer the question. Read both the statements and Give answer.

Seven persons P, Q, R, S, T, U and V attend the seminar in a week starting from Monday and ending on Sunday. In which of the following day does S attend the seminar?

Statement I: P attend the seminar after three persons. Two persons have attended the seminar in between P and T. U attends the seminar just after T. Q attend the seminar on Saturday.

Statement II: R attend the seminar just after P. Only one person attends the seminar between R and V. V and Q attend the seminar in an adjacent day.

  1. ((a))

    If the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement II alone are not sufficient to answer the question 

  2. ((b))

    If the data in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement I alone are not sufficient to answer the question

  3. ((c))

    If the data either in statement I alone or in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question 

  4. ((d))

    If the data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question

  5. ((e))

    If the data in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

If the data in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question

In these types of questions, we will analyze both the statements one by one.

I. As per the first statement, the arrangement will look like this:

MondayT
TuesdayU
Wednesday
ThursdayP
Friday
SaturdayQ
Sunday

 

As per this table we cannot say when does S attends the seminar.

II. As per the second statement, we cannot fix the positions of R and P so, this statement will not be able to follow.

Now we will combine both the statements and the table will look like this:

MondayT
TuesdayU
WednesdayS
ThursdayP
FridayR
SaturdayQ
SundayV

Now from this table it is clear that S attends the seminar on Wednesday.

Hence, the data in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question.

105

Directions: In each of the questions below consists of a question and two statements numbered I and II given below it. You have to decide whether the data provided in the statements are sufficient to answer the question. Read both the statements and Give answer.

Six persons K, L, M, N, O and P are sitting in a circular table facing inside the table. Who among the following sits to the immediate left of K?

Statement I: O sits second to the left of N. M sits third to the right of N. Only one person sits between M and L.

Statement II: P sits second to the right of N. Two persons sit between P and L. M sits to the immediate left of O.

  1. ((a))

    If the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement II alone are not sufficient to answer the question

  2. ((b))

    If the data in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement I alone are not sufficient to answer the question

  3. ((c))

    If the data either in statement, I alone or in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question

  4. ((d))

    If the data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question

  5. ((e))

    If the data in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

If the data in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement I alone are not sufficient to answer the question

In these types of questions, we will analyze both the statements one by one.

I. As per the first statement, the arrangement will look like this: 

From this arrangement we cannot draw the conclusion. So, statement I alone is not sufficient.

II.As per second statement, the positions will be like this:

So, from Statement II we can draw the conclusion that is N sits to the immediate left of K.

The data in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement I alone are not sufficient to answer the question.

106

Directions: Each of the questions below consists of a question and two statements marked I and II given below it. You have to decide whether the data provided in the statements are sufficient to answer the question. Read all the statements and give an answer:

Six friends A, B, C, D, E and F are of different weights. Whose weight is the lightest?

Statement I: A is heavier than C. C is heavier than both E and F.

Statement II: B is heavier than D who is heavier than E. E is not the lightest person.

  1. ((a))

    If the data in statement I alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement II alone are not sufficient to answer the question 

  2. ((b))

    If the data in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question, while the data in statement I alone are not sufficient to answer the question

  3. ((c))

    If the data either in statement, I alone or in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question

  4. ((d))

    If the data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question

  5. ((e))

    If the data in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

If the data in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question

In these types of questions, we will analyze both the statements one by one.

I. As per first statement, the positions will be like this:

A > C > E and F 

So, statement I alone is not sufficient.

II. As per second statement, the positions will be like this:

B > D > E

So, statement II alone is not sufficient.

Now we will combine both the statements, and the final arrangement will be like this:

A/B/D > C/B/D > E > F

So, from both these statements, we came to know that F is the lightest.

Hence, the data in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question.

Direction: Study the following information carefully and answer the questions given below.

X + Y – X is the brother of Y

X % Y – X is the mother of Y

X ! Y – X is the father of Y

X * Y – X is the sister of Y

X # Y – X is the daughter of Y

X @ Y – X is the son of Y

X ~ Y – X is elder than Y

$ – in-law

© - grand

Example:

If X %YXisthemotherinlawofY,X Y → X is the mother-in-law of Y, X * Y → X is sister-in-law of Y

If X ©% Y →X is Grand Mother of Y, X ©# Y → X is Granddaughter of Y

M # P © % J; N + R;O+ R; O + B ! $ S % J # R; P * O ~ B; N @ $ B; B ~ P

107

If the age of O is 49 and age of P is 46 then what may be the age of B? 

  1. ((a))

    48

  2. ((b))

    45

  3. ((c))

    50

  4. ((d))

    46

  5. ((e))

    44

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

48

X + Y – X is the brother of Y

X % Y – X is the mother of Y

X ! Y – X is the father of Y

X * Y – X is the sister of Y

X # Y – X is the daughter of Y

X @ Y – X is the son of Y

X ~ Y – X is elder than Y

$ – in-law

© - grand

X is
Symbol+%!*#@~$©
MeaningBrotherMotherFatherSisterDaughterSonElderIn lawGrand
of Y

 

image (12).png

From the given information,

 

O (49) > B (possible age = 47, 48) > P (46) 

Hence, If the age of O is 49 and age of P is 46 then 48 may be the age of B.

108

Which of the following pair is incorrect relation?

  1. ((a))

    M * $ S 

  2. ((b))

    R + $ N

  3. ((c))

    R @ B

  4. ((d))

    M * B

  5. ((e))

    J # S

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

M * B

X + Y – X is the brother of Y

X % Y – X is the mother of Y

X ! Y – X is the father of Y

X * Y – X is the sister of Y

X # Y – X is the daughter of Y

X @ Y – X is the son of Y

X ~ Y – X is elder than Y

$ – in-law

© - grand

X is
Symbol+%!*#@~$©
MeaningBrotherMotherFatherSisterDaughterSonElderIn lawGrand
of Y

 

image (12).png

From the given information,

I. M is the sister-in-law of S - True

II. R is the brother-in-law of N - True

III. R is the son of B - True

IV. M is the sister of B - False

V. J is the daughter of S - True

Hence, M * B is the incorrect relation.

Directions: In the following questions, the symbols @, +, ©, $ and # are used with the following meaning:

‘A @ B’ means ‘A is neither greater than nor equal to B’.

‘A + B’ means ‘A is not smaller than B’.

‘A © B’ means ‘A is not greater than B’.

‘A $ B’ means ‘A is neither smaller than nor greater than B’.

‘A # B’ means ‘A is neither smaller than nor equal to B’.

109

Statements: 3 $ 9 + 7 © 8 # 6; 7 @ 6 + 5; 6 + 4 © 2

Conclusions:

I. 9 # 5

II. 2 @ 8

III. 7 @ 3

  1. ((a))

    Only conclusions I and III follow 

  2. ((b))

    Only conclusion II follows

  3. ((c))

    Only conclusions II and III follow

  4. ((d))

    Only conclusion I follows

  5. ((e))

    None follow

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

None follow

A @ B’ means ‘A is neither greater than nor equal to B’.

‘A + B’ means ‘A is not smaller than B’.

‘A © B’ means ‘A is not greater than B’.

‘A $ B’ means ‘A is neither smaller than nor greater than B’.

‘A # B’ means ‘A is neither smaller than nor equal to B’.

A is
Symbol@+©$#
Meaning<=>
of B

 

So, 3 = 9 ≥ 7 ≤ 8 > 6; 7 < 6 ≥ 5; 6 ≥ 4 ≤ 2

I. 9 > 5 → False (As 9 ≥ 7 ≤ 8 > 6 ≥ 5 is true so, 9 > 5 is false)

II. 2 < 8 → False (As 2 ≥ 4 ≤ 6 < 8 is true so, 2 < 8 is false)

III. 7 < 3 → False (As 7 ≤ 9 = 3 is true so, 7 < 3 is false)

Hence, none follow.

110

Statements: G © U + N $ K; R # P @ N + M; P + Q # D

Conclusions:

I. U # Q

II. R # U

III. D @ R

  1. ((a))

    Only conclusions I and III follow 

  2. ((b))

    Only conclusion II follows

  3. ((c))

    Only conclusions II and III follow

  4. ((d))

    Only conclusion I follows

  5. ((e))

    None follow

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Only conclusions I and III follow 

A @ B’ means ‘A is neither greater than nor equal to B’.

‘A + B’ means ‘A is not smaller than B’.

‘A © B’ means ‘A is not greater than B’.

‘A $ B’ means ‘A is neither smaller than nor greater than B’.

‘A # B’ means ‘A is neither smaller than nor equal to B’.

A is
Symbol@+©$#
Meaning<=>
of B

 

So, G ≤ U ≥ N = K; R > P < N ≥ M; P ≥ Q > D

I. U > Q →True (As U ≥ N > P ≥ Q so, U > Q is true)

II. R > U → False (As R > P < N ≤ U so, R > U is false)

III. D < R → True (As D < Q ≤ P < R so, D < R is true)

Hence, Both I and III are true.

111

Statements: P # R © T + C; I $ G @ T; P + H

Conclusions:

I. T # I

II. T @ H

III. P @ T

  1. ((a))

    Only conclusion I and III follow 

  2. ((b))

    Only conclusion II follows

  3. ((c))

    Only conclusion II and III follow

  4. ((d))

    Only conclusion I follows

  5. ((e))

    None follow

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Only conclusion I follows

A @ B’ means ‘A is neither greater than nor equal to B’.

‘A + B’ means ‘A is not smaller than B’.

‘A © B’ means ‘A is not greater than B’.

‘A $ B’ means ‘A is neither smaller than nor greater than B’.

‘A # B’ means ‘A is neither smaller than nor equal to B’.

A is
Symbol@+©$#
Meaning<=>
of B

 

So, P > R ≤ T ≥ C; I = G < T; P ≥ H

 I. T > I → True (As T> G= I so, T > I is true)

II. T < H → False (As T ≤ R > P ≥ H so, T < H is false)

III. P < T → False (As P > R ≤ T so, P < T is false)

Hence, only I follow.

Direction: Read the given information and answer the following questions:

In the given matrix rows are numbered from top to bottom i.e., I, II, III and IV and columns are numbered left to right i.e., I, II, III and IV. Some of the places is filled with respective colors in the matrix, and some are missing. To find the respective color of the missing places on the matrix fill it in a way such that no same color is repeated in a row nor in a column.

There are four colors i.e., red, green, blue, and yellow and a specific numerical value is assigned to each place in the matrix which is the value associated with each colour and the value assigned to these colors is, 2, 3, 4 and 5 respectively.

Now resultant of rows and columns are written in specific manner. For each row, write associated numerical value from left to right in that row and for a column write respective numerical value from bottom to top.

Blue
Green
Red
YellowRed
112

In which of the following pair blue color is placed?

  1. ((a))

    Row I, Column III

  2. ((b))

    Row II, Column III

  3. ((c))

    Row III, Column II

  4. ((d))

    Row I, Column I

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Row I, Column I

The possible matrix formed from the given information is,

Column IColumn IIColumn IIIColumn IV
Row IBlueGreenYellowRed
Row IIRedYellowGreenBlue
Row IIIGreenRedBlueYellow
Row IVYellowBlueRedGreen

 

The numerical value of,

Red = 2, Green = 3, Blue = 4 and Yellow = 5.

Row: Associated numerical value left to right

Row I: 4352

Row II:2534

Row III: 3245

Row IV: 5423

Column: Respective numerical value from bottom to top.

Column I: 5324

Column II: 4253

Column III: 2435

Column IV: 3542

Hence, In Row I, Column I blue and green color are consecutive.

113

Which of the following resultant is divisible by 4?

  1. ((a))

    Row II

  2. ((b))

    Row III

  3. ((c))

    Row IV

  4. ((d))

    Column I

  5. ((e))

    Column II

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Column I

The possible matrix formed from the given information is,

Column IColumn IIColumn IIIColumn IV
Row IBlueGreenYellowRed
Row IIRedYellowGreenBlue
Row IIIGreenRedBlueYellow
Row IVYellowBlueRedGreen

 

The numerical value of,

Red = 2, Green = 3, Blue = 4 and Yellow = 5.

Row: Associated numerical value left to right

Row I: 4352

Row II:2534

Row III: 3245

Row IV: 5423

Column: Respective numerical value from bottom to top.

Column I: 5324

Column II: 4253

Column III: 2435

Column IV: 3542

Hence, only resultant of Column I is divisible by 4.

114

What is the difference of resultant of row IV and column IV?

  1. ((a))

    2000

  2. ((b))

    2032

  3. ((c))

    1754

  4. ((d))

    1881

  5. ((e))

    1672

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

1881

The possible matrix formed from the given information is,

Column IColumn IIColumn IIIColumn IV
Row IBlueGreenYellowRed
Row IIRedYellowGreenBlue
Row IIIGreenRedBlueYellow
Row IVYellowBlueRedGreen

 

The numerical value of,

Red = 2, Green = 3, Blue = 4 and Yellow = 5.

Row: Associated numerical value left to right

Row I: 4352

Row II:2534

Row III: 3245

Row IV: 5423

Column: Respective numerical value from bottom to top.

Column I: 5324

Column II: 4253

Column III: 2435

Column IV: 3542

Hence, 5423 - 3542 is 1881.

Hence, 1881 is the answer.

115

If the resultant of a row is even, then add 222 to get the new resultant and if the resultant of column is odd then subtract 111 to get the new resultant .After rearrangement  Which of the following is true?

I. Resultant of row I is less than the resultant of column III

II. A difference of resultant of row II and column I is odd

III. Sum of the digits of resultant of row IV is even

  1. ((a))

    Only I and II

  2. ((b))

    Only II and III

  3. ((c))

    Only III

  4. ((d))

    Only II

  5. ((e))

    All of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Only III

The possible matrix formed from the given information is,

Column IColumn IIColumn IIIColumn IV
Row IBlueGreenYellowRed
Row IIRedYellowGreenBlue
Row IIIGreenRedBlueYellow
Row IVYellowBlueRedGreen

5

The numerical value of,

Red = 2, Green = 3, Blue = 4 and Yellow = 5.

Row: Associated numerical value left to right

Row I: 4352

Row II:2534

Row III: 3245

Row IV: 5423

Column: Respective numerical value from bottom to top.

Column I: 5324

Column II: 4253

Column III: 2435

Column IV: 3542

If the resultant of a row is even, then add 222 to get the new resultant and if the resultant of column is odd then subtract 111 to get the new resultant, the outcome will be,

Row I: 4574

Row II:2756

Row III: 3245

Row IV: 5423

Column I: 5324

Column II: 4142

Column III: 2324

Column IV: 3542

I. Resultant of row I is greater than the resultant of column III (4574 > 2324)

II. A difference of resultant of row II and column I is even (2756 - 2324 = 432)

III. Sum of the digits of resultant of row IV is even (5+4+2+3 = 14)

Hence, Only III is true.

Direction: Read the given information and answer the following questions:

21 persons work in bank at different post. The posts are in decreasing order i.e., Chairman, GM, Manager, AM, PO and Clerk. It is known that in any post the number of persons posted were one more than the number of persons posted in the immediate senior post. For example: If 4 person works as a PO then 5 persons work as a clerk. E works as a manager and is just senior to Z. C and G work at same post and were senior to E. F, Q and R work at same post and were junior to Z. A is just junior to W but just senior to R. P, T and Y work at same post but not with A. V is junior to Z but senior to J. K and O work at same post but does not work as a clerk. S does not work along with U and P. D is senior to M and junior to S. U and B work at same place.

116

O work at which post?

  1. ((a))

    GM

  2. ((b))

    Manager

  3. ((c))

    AM

  4. ((d))

    PO

  5. ((e))

    Clerk

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

AM

Persons: 21 - A to U.

Posts: (in decreasing order i.e.), Chairman, GM, Manager, AM, PO and Clerk. 

The possible number of persons in each post is,

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2
Manager3
Assistant manager4
PO5
Clerk6

 

1.  E works as a manager and is just senior to Z.  2.  C and G work at same post and were senior to E. i.e., as GM because Chairman has only I person available.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E
Assistant manager4Z
PO5
Clerk6

 

3.  V is junior to Z but senior to J. 4. A is just junior to W but just senior to R.

CASE 1CASE 2
DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONSPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, GC, G
Manager3E, WE
Assistant manager4Z, AZ, W
PO5V, RV, A
Clerk6JJ, R

 

5. F, Q and R work at same post and were junior to Z.

CASE 1CASE 2
DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONSPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, GC, G
Manager3E, WE
Assistant manager4Z, AZ, W
PO5V, R, F, QV, A
Clerk6JJ, R, F, Q

 

6. P, T and Y work at same post but not with A. So, Case 2 is eliminated.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W
Assistant manager4Z, A
PO5V, R, F, Q
Clerk6J, P, T, Y

 

7. U and B work at same place. 8. K and O work at same post but does not work as a clerk.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W
Assistant manager4Z, A, K, O
PO5V, R, F, Q
Clerk6J, P, T, Y, U, B

 

9. S does not work along with U and P. 10. D is senior to M and junior to S.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1S
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W, D
Assistant manager4Z, A, K, O
PO5V, R, F, Q, M
Clerk6J, P, T, Y, U, B

Hence**, O works as AM.**

117

Which of the following is at same post with C?

  1. ((a))

    E

  2. ((b))

    W

  3. ((c))

    Z

  4. ((d))

    A

  5. ((e))

    G

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

G

Persons: 21 - A to U.

Posts: (in decreasing order i.e.), Chairman, GM, Manager, AM, PO and Clerk. 

The possible number of persons in each post is,

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2
Manager3
Assistant manager4
PO5
Clerk6

 

1.  E works as a manager and is just senior to Z.  2.  C and G work at same post and were senior to E. i.e., as GM because Chairman has only I person available.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E
Assistant manager4Z
PO5
Clerk6

 

3.  V is junior to Z but senior to J. 4. A is just junior to W but just senior to R.

CASE 1CASE 2
DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONSPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, GC, G
Manager3E, WE
Assistant manager4Z, AZ, W
PO5V, RV, A
Clerk6JJ, R

 

5. F, Q and R work at same post and were junior to Z.

CASE 1CASE 2
DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONSPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, GC, G
Manager3E, WE
Assistant manager4Z, AZ, W
PO5V, R, F, QV, A
Clerk6JJ, R, F, Q

 

6. P, T and Y work at same post but not with A. So, Case 2 is eliminated.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W
Assistant manager4Z, A
PO5V, R, F, Q
Clerk6J, P, T, Y

 

7. U and B work at same place. 8. K and O work at same post but does not work as a clerk.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W
Assistant manager4Z, A, K, O
PO5V, R, F, Q
Clerk6J, P, T, Y, U, B

 

9. S does not work along with U and P. 10. D is senior to M and junior to S.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1S
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W, D
Assistant manager4Z, A, K, O
PO5V, R, F, Q, M
Clerk6J, P, T, Y, U, B

Hence, G is at same position as C.

118

How many persons were at same post with Y (excluding Y)?

  1. ((a))

    2

  2. ((b))

    3

  3. ((c))

    4

  4. ((d))

    5

  5. ((e))

    1

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

5

Persons: 21 - A to U.

Posts: (in decreasing order i.e.), Chairman, GM, Manager, AM, PO and Clerk. 

The possible number of persons in each post is,

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2
Manager3
Assistant manager4
PO5
Clerk6

 

1.  E works as a manager and is just senior to Z.  2.  C and G work at same post and were senior to E. i.e., as GM because Chairman has only I person available.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E
Assistant manager4Z
PO5
Clerk6

 

3.  V is junior to Z but senior to J. 4. A is just junior to W but just senior to R.

CASE 1CASE 2
DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONSPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, GC, G
Manager3E, WE
Assistant manager4Z, AZ, W
PO5V, RV, A
Clerk6JJ, R

 

5. F, Q and R work at same post and were junior to Z.

CASE 1CASE 2
DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONSPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, GC, G
Manager3E, WE
Assistant manager4Z, AZ, W
PO5V, R, F, QV, A
Clerk6JJ, R, F, Q

 

6. P, T and Y work at same post but not with A. So, Case 2 is eliminated.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W
Assistant manager4Z, A
PO5V, R, F, Q
Clerk6J, P, T, Y

 

7. U and B work at same place. 8. K and O work at same post but does not work as a clerk.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W
Assistant manager4Z, A, K, O
PO5V, R, F, Q
Clerk6J, P, T, Y, U, B

 

9. S does not work along with U and P. 10. D is senior to M and junior to S.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1S
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W, D
Assistant manager4Z, A, K, O
PO5V, R, F, Q, M
Clerk6J, P, T, Y, U, B

 

Hence, 5 persons were at same post with Y.

119

Who among the following works as manager?

  1. ((a))

    Z

  2. ((b))

    D

  3. ((c))

    E

  4. ((d))

    More than one option

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

More than one option

Persons: 21 - A to U.

Posts: (in decreasing order i.e.), Chairman, GM, Manager, AM, PO and Clerk. 

The possible number of persons in each post is,

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2
Manager3
Assistant manager4
PO5
Clerk6

 

1.  E works as a manager and is just senior to Z.  2.  C and G work at same post and were senior to E. i.e., as GM because Chairman has only I person available.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E
Assistant manager4Z
PO5
Clerk6

 

3.  V is junior to Z but senior to J. 4. A is just junior to W but just senior to R.

CASE 1CASE 2
DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONSPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, GC, G
Manager3E, WE
Assistant manager4Z, AZ, W
PO5V, RV, A
Clerk6JJ, R

 

5. F, Q and R work at same post and were junior to Z.

CASE 1CASE 2
DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONSPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, GC, G
Manager3E, WE
Assistant manager4Z, AZ, W
PO5V, R, F, QV, A
Clerk6JJ, R, F, Q

 

6. P, T and Y work at same post but not with A. So, Case 2 is eliminated.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W
Assistant manager4Z, A
PO5V, R, F, Q
Clerk6J, P, T, Y

 

7. U and B work at same place. 8. K and O work at same post but does not work as a clerk.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W
Assistant manager4Z, A, K, O
PO5V, R, F, Q
Clerk6J, P, T, Y, U, B

 

9. S does not work along with U and P. 10. D is senior to M and junior to S.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1S
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W, D
Assistant manager4Z, A, K, O
PO5V, R, F, Q, M
Clerk6J, P, T, Y, U, B

 

Among given options E and D works as manager.

Hence, more than one option is correct.

120

How many persons are junior to S?

  1. ((a))

    6

  2. ((b))

    11

  3. ((c))

    15

  4. ((d))

    18

  5. ((e))

    20

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

20

Persons: 21 - A to U.

Posts: (in decreasing order i.e.), Chairman, GM, Manager, AM, PO and Clerk. 

The possible number of persons in each post is,

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2
Manager3
Assistant manager4
PO5
Clerk6

 

1.  E works as a manager and is just senior to Z.  2.  C and G work at same post and were senior to E. i.e., as GM because Chairman has only I person available.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E
Assistant manager4Z
PO5
Clerk6

 

3.  V is junior to Z but senior to J. 4. A is just junior to W but just senior to R.

CASE 1CASE 2
DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONSPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, GC, G
Manager3E, WE
Assistant manager4Z, AZ, W
PO5V, RV, A
Clerk6JJ, R

 

5. F, Q and R work at same post and were junior to Z.

CASE 1CASE 2
DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONSPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, GC, G
Manager3E, WE
Assistant manager4Z, AZ, W
PO5V, R, F, QV, A
Clerk6JJ, R, F, Q

 

6. P, T and Y work at same post but not with A. So, Case 2 is eliminated.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W
Assistant manager4Z, A
PO5V, R, F, Q
Clerk6J, P, T, Y

 

7. U and B work at same place. 8. K and O work at same post but does not work as a clerk.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W
Assistant manager4Z, A, K, O
PO5V, R, F, Q
Clerk6J, P, T, Y, U, B

 

9. S does not work along with U and P. 10. D is senior to M and junior to S.

DESIGNATIONNo. of personsPERSONS
Chairman1S
General Manager2C, G
Manager3E, W, D
Assistant manager4Z, A, K, O
PO5V, R, F, Q, M
Clerk6J, P, T, Y, U, B

 

Hence, 20 persons are junior to S.

Direction: Read the given information and answer the following questions:

Eight persons A to H live in a four Storey building. The ground floor is numbered 1. Each floor consists of two flats i.e., Flat P and Flat Q. Flat P is to the west of Flat Q. Only one person lives in each flat. Each of them like different games i.e., cricket, chess, tennis, volleyball, skating, basketball, football and hockey, not necessarily in the same order. Floor 2 of flat P is just above the floor 1 of flat P and so on.

C lives on second floor and lives just below the person who likes chess. One floor is between the person who likes skating and football and both of them live in flat P. The person who likes Tennis and A lives on same floor but different flat. One floor is between the person who likes cricket and A. Number of floors above D is same as number of floors below G, who lives below D in different flat. The person who likes basketball lives in west of E. No person lives in west of the person who likes chess and C. The person who likes volleyball lives two floors above B. F does not like skating. The person who likes cricket lives on an odd number floor. B lives just below H.

121

How many floors are between A and E?

  1. ((a))

    None

  2. ((b))

    One

  3. ((c))

    Two

  4. ((d))

    Can't be determined

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

One

Eight persons: A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H.

Games: Cricket, Chess, Tennis, Volleyball, Skating, Basketball, Football and Hockey,

1. C lives on the second floor and lives just below the person who likes chess. 2. No person lives to the west of the person who likes chess and C. 3. One floor is between the person who likes skating and football and both of them live in flat P.

Case 1Case 2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingFootball
3ChessChess
2CFootballCSkating
1

 

4. The person who likes basketball lives to the west of E. 5. The person who likes volleyball lives two floors above B.

Case 1Case 2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingFootball
3ChessChess
2CFootballBCSkatingB
1BasketballEBasketballE
<br>

6. The person who likes Tennis and A lives on same floor but different flat. 7. One floor is between the person who likes cricket and A. 8. The person who likes cricket lives on an odd number floor.

Case 1.1Case 1.2Case 2.1Case 2.2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingSkatingFootballFootball
3ChessCricketAChessTennisChessCricketAChessTennis
2CFootballBCFootballBCSkatingBCSkatingB
1ABasketballETennisBasketballECricketABasketballETennisBasketballECricket

 

9. Number of floors above D is same as number of floors below G, who lives below D in different flat. This eliminates case 1.1 and 2.1 10. B lives just below H.

Case 1.2Case 2.2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingDFootballD
3AChessHTennisAChessHTennis
2CFootballBCSkatingB
1GBasketballECricketGBasketballECricket

11.  F does not like skating. So, case 1.2  is invalid.

The final arrangement is,

Case 2.2
FloorFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSport
4FFootballDVolleyball
3AChessHTennis
2CSkatingB
1GBasketballECricket

One floor is there between A and E.

122

Which of the following statement is true?

  1. ((a))

    E likes hockey.

  2. ((b))

    B lives on 3rd floor.

  3. ((c))

    D lives just above H.

  4. ((d))

    C lives on 1st floor.

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

D lives just above H.

Eight persons: A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H.

Games: Cricket, Chess, Tennis, Volleyball, Skating, Basketball, Football and Hockey,

1. C lives on the second floor and lives just below the person who likes chess. 2. No person lives to the west of the person who likes chess and C. 3. One floor is between the person who likes skating and football and both of them live in flat P.

Case 1Case 2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingFootball
3ChessChess
2CFootballCSkating
1

 

4. The person who likes basketball lives to the west of E. 5. The person who likes volleyball lives two floors above B.

Case 1Case 2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingFootball
3ChessChess
2CFootballBCSkatingB
1BasketballEBasketballE
<br>

6. The person who likes Tennis and A lives on same floor but different flat. 7. One floor is between the person who likes cricket and A. 8. The person who likes cricket lives on an odd number floor.

Case 1.1Case 1.2Case 2.1Case 2.2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingSkatingFootballFootball
3ChessCricketAChessTennisChessCricketAChessTennis
2CFootballBCFootballBCSkatingBCSkatingB
1ABasketballETennisBasketballECricketABasketballETennisBasketballECricket

 

9. Number of floors above D is same as number of floors below G, who lives below D in different flat. This eliminates case 1.1 and 2.1 10. B lives just below H.

Case 1.2Case 2.2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingDFootballD
3AChessHTennisAChessHTennis
2CFootballBCSkatingB
1GBasketballECricketGBasketballECricket

11.  F does not like skating. So, case 1.2  is invalid.

The final arrangement is,

Case 2.2
FloorFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSport
4FFootballDVolleyball
3AChessHTennis
2CSkatingB
1GBasketballECricket

I. E likes hockey. → False (E likes Cricket.)

II. B lives on 3rd floor → False (B lives on 2nd floor.)

III. D lives just above H. → True

IV. C lives on 1st floor. → False (C lives in 2nd floor.)

 Only III is true.

123

H likes which game?

  1. ((a))

    Volleyball

  2. ((b))

    Chess

  3. ((c))

    Hockey

  4. ((d))

    Skating

  5. ((e))

    Tennis

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Tennis

Eight persons: A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H.

Games: Cricket, Chess, Tennis, Volleyball, Skating, Basketball, Football and Hockey,

1. C lives on the second floor and lives just below the person who likes chess. 2. No person lives to the west of the person who likes chess and C. 3. One floor is between the person who likes skating and football and both of them live in flat P.

Case 1Case 2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingFootball
3ChessChess
2CFootballCSkating
1

 

4. The person who likes basketball lives to the west of E. 5. The person who likes volleyball lives two floors above B.

Case 1Case 2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingFootball
3ChessChess
2CFootballBCSkatingB
1BasketballEBasketballE
<br>

6. The person who likes Tennis and A lives on same floor but different flat. 7. One floor is between the person who likes cricket and A. 8. The person who likes cricket lives on an odd number floor.

Case 1.1Case 1.2Case 2.1Case 2.2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingSkatingFootballFootball
3ChessCricketAChessTennisChessCricketAChessTennis
2CFootballBCFootballBCSkatingBCSkatingB
1ABasketballETennisBasketballECricketABasketballETennisBasketballECricket

 

9. Number of floors above D is same as number of floors below G, who lives below D in different flat. This eliminates case 1.1 and 2.1 10. B lives just below H.

Case 1.2Case 2.2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingDFootballD
3AChessHTennisAChessHTennis
2CFootballBCSkatingB
1GBasketballECricketGBasketballECricket

11.  F does not like skating. So, case 1.2  is invalid.

The final arrangement is,

Case 2.2
FloorFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSport
4FFootballDVolleyball
3AChessHTennis
2CSkatingB
1GBasketballECricket

 H likes tennis.

124

Who likes football?

  1. ((a))

    The one who lives just above A

  2. ((b))

    The one who lives just below B

  3. ((c))

    C

  4. ((d))

    D

  5. ((e))

    G

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

The one who lives just above A

Eight persons: A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H.

Games: Cricket, Chess, Tennis, Volleyball, Skating, Basketball, Football and Hockey,

1. C lives on the second floor and lives just below the person who likes chess. 2. No person lives to the west of the person who likes chess and C. 3. One floor is between the person who likes skating and football and both of them live in flat P.

Case 1Case 2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingFootball
3ChessChess
2CFootballCSkating
1

 

4. The person who likes basketball lives to the west of E. 5. The person who likes volleyball lives two floors above B.

Case 1Case 2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingFootball
3ChessChess
2CFootballBCSkatingB
1BasketballEBasketballE
<br>

6. The person who likes Tennis and A lives on same floor but different flat. 7. One floor is between the person who likes cricket and A. 8. The person who likes cricket lives on an odd number floor.

Case 1.1Case 1.2Case 2.1Case 2.2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingSkatingFootballFootball
3ChessCricketAChessTennisChessCricketAChessTennis
2CFootballBCFootballBCSkatingBCSkatingB
1ABasketballETennisBasketballECricketABasketballETennisBasketballECricket

 

9. Number of floors above D is same as number of floors below G, who lives below D in different flat. This eliminates case 1.1 and 2.1 10. B lives just below H.

Case 1.2Case 2.2
FloorFlat PFlat QFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSportPersonSportPersonSport
4SkatingDFootballD
3AChessHTennisAChessHTennis
2CFootballBCSkatingB
1GBasketballECricketGBasketballECricket

11.  F does not like skating. So, case 1.2  is invalid.

The final arrangement is,

Case 2.2
FloorFlat PFlat Q
PersonSportPersonSport
4FFootballDVolleyball
3AChessHTennis
2CSkatingB
1GBasketballECricket

The one who lives just above A likes football.

Direction: Read the given information and answer the following questions:

In a company XYZ, during the training program few organizations are organized in a day for different departments i.e., HR, IT and Admin. Two HR, Two IT and one Admin orientation session with each session being of 1 hour. Also, for the new joinee a two-hour departmental training is organized on this day. These sessions are organized from 10 am to 7 pm. Two breaks are there between these sessions, 1pm to 2 pm lunch and 5 pm to 6 pm tea.

None of the same department orientation are consecutive including breaks (for example: If HR orientation is at 12 pm slot then the other HR orientation can't be at 2 pm nor 11 pm slot). None of the HR orientation is after tea. Xena, who was the invigilator of these orientation session, left the departmental training session at 4: 30 pm due to some personal reason for few minutes. First slot is not of HR. Last slot is of IT orientation. Admin session is just before one of the breaks.

125

Which sessions are between the two breaks?

  1. ((a))

    HR and Admin

  2. ((b))

    Admin and Departmental training

  3. ((c))

    IT and HR

  4. ((d))

    IT and Departmental training

  5. ((e))

    HR and Departmental training

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

HR and Departmental training

Two HR, Two IT and one Admin orientation session with each session being of 1 hour and two-hour departmental training. So, totally 7 hours. 

Two breaks are there between these sessions, 1pm to 2 pm lunch and 5 pm to 6 pm tea. Break for 2 hours.

None of the same department orientation are consecutive including breaks.

1. Xena left the departmental training session at 4: 30 pm due to some personal reason for few minutes. So, the possible timing for departmental session is 3 - 5 pm.

Possible timing slots,

10 am – 11 am
11 am – 12 pm
12 pm – 1 pm
1 pm – 2 pmLunch break
2 pm – 3 pm
3 pm – 5 pmDepartment orientation
5 pm – 6 pmTea break
6 pm – 7 pm

 

2.  Last slot is of IT orientation. 3. Admin session is just before one of the breaks.

10 am – 11 am
11 am – 12 pm
12 pm – 1 pmAdmin Orientation
1 pm – 2 pmLunch break
2 pm – 3 pm
3 pm – 5 pmDepartment orientation
5 pm – 6 pmTea break
6 pm – 7 pmIT orientation

 

4. None of the HR orientation is after tea 5.  First slot is not of HR.

The final arrangement is,

10 am – 11 amIT orientation
11 am – 12 pmHR orientation
12 pm – 1 pmAdmin Orientation
1 pm – 2 pmLunch break
2 pm – 3 pmHR orientation
3 pm – 5 pmDepartment orientation
5 pm – 6 pmTea break
6 pm – 7 pmIT orientation

 

Hence, HR and Departmental training sessions are between the two breaks.

126

How many sessions are there between the two IT sessions excluding breaks ?

  1. ((a))

    3

  2. ((b))

    4

  3. ((c))

    5

  4. ((d))

    6

  5. ((e))

    2

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

4

Two HR, Two IT and one Admin orientation session with each session being of 1 hour and two-hour departmental training. So, totally 7 hours. 

Two breaks are there between these sessions, 1pm to 2 pm lunch and 5 pm to 6 pm tea. Break for 2 hours.

None of the same department orientation are consecutive including breaks.

1. Xena left the departmental training session at 4: 30 pm due to some personal reason for few minutes. So, the possible timing for departmental session is 3 - 5 pm.

Possible timing slots,

10 am – 11 am
11 am – 12 pm
12 pm – 1 pm
1 pm – 2 pmLunch break
2 pm – 3 pm
3 pm – 5 pmDepartment orientation
5 pm – 6 pmTea break
6 pm – 7 pm

 

2.  Last slot is of IT orientation. 3. Admin session is just before one of the breaks.

10 am – 11 am
11 am – 12 pm
12 pm – 1 pmAdmin Orientation
1 pm – 2 pmLunch break
2 pm – 3 pm
3 pm – 5 pmDepartment orientation
5 pm – 6 pmTea break
6 pm – 7 pmIT orientation

 

4. None of the HR orientation is after tea 5.  First slot is not of HR.

The final arrangement is,

10 am – 11 amIT orientation
11 am – 12 pmHR orientation
12 pm – 1 pmAdmin Orientation
1 pm – 2 pmLunch break
2 pm – 3 pmHR orientation
3 pm – 5 pmDepartment orientation
5 pm – 6 pmTea break
6 pm – 7 pmIT orientation

Hence, 4 sessions are there between two IT orientation.

Direction: Read the given information and answer the following questions:

Nine persons Arnold, Barry, Charlie, Dove, Erwin, Frank, Gerald, Henry and John was born in different years on the same date in the month of June. Calculation is done from the base year of 2022. No person is younger than 5 years nor older than 75 years. Note: If it's given age of "A" is equal to the last two digit of the birth year of B then it can be the last digits or the reverse of last two digits.

Arnold was born in the year 1985. Age difference between Erwin and Frank is 12 years. Barry's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Arnold. Charlie's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Barry. Dove's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Charlie. Erwin's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Dove. Gerald's age is sum of the digits of birth year of Frank. John is 6 years younger than Gerald. Henry is 9 years younger than Gerald.

127

Find the odd one out.

  1. ((a))

    Gerald

  2. ((b))

    Frank

  3. ((c))

    Henry

  4. ((d))

    Erwin

  5. ((e))

    Arnold

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Gerald

Persons: Arnold, Barry, Charlie, Dove, Erwin, Frank, Gerald, Henry and John.

Base year: 2022

1. Arnold was born in the year 1985 i.e., Age of Arnold is 37. 2. Barry's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Arnold. So, his age will be 85 or 58. But from the condition no person is younger than 5 years nor older than 75 years. So, Barry is 58 years old and birth year of Barry is 1964.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie
Dove
Erwin
Frank
Gerald
Henry

 

3.  Charlie's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Barry. i.e., age of Charlie is either 64 or 46. Birth year of Charlie is either 1958 or 1976.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie1958/197664/46
Dove
Erwin
Frank
Gerald
Henry
  1. Dove's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Charlie.

I. If Charlie was born in 1958 then age of Dove will be 85 or 58. Both are not possible as 85 is out of the condition and 58 is already the age of Barry. So, this case is invalid.

II. If Charlie was born in 1976 then age of Dove will be 76 or 67. 76 is invalid as it is out of the condition. So, the age and birth year of Dove is 67 and 1955. The age and birth year of Charlie is 46 and 1976.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie197646
Dove195567
Erwin
Frank
Gerald
Henry

5.  Erwin's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Dove. i.e., age is 55 and birth year is 1967. 6.  Age difference between Erwin and Frank is 12 years. So, Frank can either be age of 43 or 67. But 67 is already the age of Dove. So, the age of Frank is 43 and birth year is 1979.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie197646
Dove195567
Erwin196755
Frank197943
Gerald
Henry

7. Gerald's age is sum of the digits of birth year of Frank. i.e., 1+9+7+9 = 26 and birth year is 1996. 8. Henry is 9 years younger than Gerald. i.e., age is 20 and birth year is 2002. 9.  John is 6 years younger than Gerald i.e., age is 17 and birth year is 2005.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie197646
Dove195567
Erwin196755
Frank197943
Gerald199626
Henry200517
John200220

Everyone except Gerald have their ages in odd numbers. Gerald age is even number.

Hence, Gerald is the odd one out.

128

Who is the eldest person among them?

  1. ((a))

    Arnold

  2. ((b))

    Barry

  3. ((c))

    Charlie

  4. ((d))

    Dove

  5. ((e))

    Erwin

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Dove

Persons: Arnold, Barry, Charlie, Dove, Erwin, Frank, Gerald, Henry and John.

Base year: 2022

1. Arnold was born in the year 1985 i.e., Age of Arnold is 37. 2. Barry's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Arnold. So, his age will be 85 or 58. But from the condition no person is younger than 5 years nor older than 75 years. So, Barry is 58 years old and birth year of Barry is 1964.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie
Dove
Erwin
Frank
Gerald
Henry

 

3.  Charlie's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Barry. i.e., age of Charlie is either 64 or 46. Birth year of Charlie is either 1958 or 1976.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie1958/197664/46
Dove
Erwin
Frank
Gerald
Henry
  1. Dove's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Charlie.

I. If Charlie was born in 1958 then age of Dove will be 85 or 58. Both are not possible as 85 is out of the condition and 58 is already the age of Barry. So, this case is invalid.

II. If Charlie was born in 1976 then age of Dove will be 76 or 67. 76 is invalid as it is out of the condition. So, the age and birth year of Dove is 67 and 1955. The age and birth year of Charlie is 46 and 1976.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie197646
Dove195567
Erwin
Frank
Gerald
Henry

5.  Erwin's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Dove. i.e., age is 55 and birth year is 1967. 6.  Age difference between Erwin and Frank is 12 years. So, Frank can either be age of 43 or 67. But 67 is already the age of Dove. So, the age of Frank is 43 and birth year is 1979.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie197646
Dove195567
Erwin196755
Frank197943
Gerald
Henry

7. Gerald's age is sum of the digits of birth year of Frank. i.e., 1+9+7+9 = 26 and birth year is 1996. 8. Henry is 9 years younger than Gerald. i.e., age is 20 and birth year is 2002. 9.  John is 6 years younger than Gerald i.e., age is 17 and birth year is 2005.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie197646
Dove195567
Erwin196755
Frank197943
Gerald199626
Henry200517
John200220

Hence**, Dove is the eldest person among all.**

129

Erwin was born in which year?

  1. ((a))

    1962

  2. ((b))

    1960

  3. ((c))

    1953

  4. ((d))

    1967

  5. ((e))

    1979

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

1967

Persons: Arnold, Barry, Charlie, Dove, Erwin, Frank, Gerald, Henry and John.

Base year: 2022

1. Arnold was born in the year 1985 i.e., Age of Arnold is 37. 2. Barry's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Arnold. So, his age will be 85 or 58. But from the condition no person is younger than 5 years nor older than 75 years. So, Barry is 58 years old and birth year of Barry is 1964.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie
Dove
Erwin
Frank
Gerald
Henry

 

3.  Charlie's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Barry. i.e., age of Charlie is either 64 or 46. Birth year of Charlie is either 1958 or 1976.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie1958/197664/46
Dove
Erwin
Frank
Gerald
Henry
  1. Dove's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Charlie.

I. If Charlie was born in 1958 then age of Dove will be 85 or 58. Both are not possible as 85 is out of the condition and 58 is already the age of Barry. So, this case is invalid.

II. If Charlie was born in 1976 then age of Dove will be 76 or 67. 76 is invalid as it is out of the condition. So, the age and birth year of Dove is 67 and 1955. The age and birth year of Charlie is 46 and 1976.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie197646
Dove195567
Erwin
Frank
Gerald
Henry

5.  Erwin's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Dove. i.e., age is 55 and birth year is 1967. 6.  Age difference between Erwin and Frank is 12 years. So, Frank can either be age of 43 or 67. But 67 is already the age of Dove. So, the age of Frank is 43 and birth year is 1979.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie197646
Dove195567
Erwin196755
Frank197943
Gerald
Henry

7. Gerald's age is sum of the digits of birth year of Frank. i.e., 1+9+7+9 = 26 and birth year is 1996. 8. Henry is 9 years younger than Gerald. i.e., age is 20 and birth year is 2002. 9.  John is 6 years younger than Gerald i.e., age is 17 and birth year is 2005.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie197646
Dove195567
Erwin196755
Frank197943
Gerald199626
Henry200517
John200220

Hence, Erwin was born in 1967.

130

What is the difference of age between youngest and 3rd eldest?

  1. ((a))

    31

  2. ((b))

    26

  3. ((c))

    24

  4. ((d))

    38

  5. ((e))

    22

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

38

Persons: Arnold, Barry, Charlie, Dove, Erwin, Frank, Gerald, Henry and John.

Base year: 2022

1. Arnold was born in the year 1985 i.e., Age of Arnold is 37. 2. Barry's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Arnold. So, his age will be 85 or 58. But from the condition no person is younger than 5 years nor older than 75 years. So, Barry is 58 years old and birth year of Barry is 1964.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie
Dove
Erwin
Frank
Gerald
Henry

 

3.  Charlie's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Barry. i.e., age of Charlie is either 64 or 46. Birth year of Charlie is either 1958 or 1976.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie1958/197664/46
Dove
Erwin
Frank
Gerald
Henry
  1. Dove's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Charlie.

I. If Charlie was born in 1958 then age of Dove will be 85 or 58. Both are not possible as 85 is out of the condition and 58 is already the age of Barry. So, this case is invalid.

II. If Charlie was born in 1976 then age of Dove will be 76 or 67. 76 is invalid as it is out of the condition. So, the age and birth year of Dove is 67 and 1955. The age and birth year of Charlie is 46 and 1976.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie197646
Dove195567
Erwin
Frank
Gerald
Henry

5.  Erwin's age is equal to the last two digits of birth year of Dove. i.e., age is 55 and birth year is 1967. 6.  Age difference between Erwin and Frank is 12 years. So, Frank can either be age of 43 or 67. But 67 is already the age of Dove. So, the age of Frank is 43 and birth year is 1979.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie197646
Dove195567
Erwin196755
Frank197943
Gerald
Henry

7. Gerald's age is sum of the digits of birth year of Frank. i.e., 1+9+7+9 = 26 and birth year is 1996. 8. Henry is 9 years younger than Gerald. i.e., age is 20 and birth year is 2002. 9.  John is 6 years younger than Gerald i.e., age is 17 and birth year is 2005.

PERSONSYEARAGE
Arnold198537
Barry196458
Charlie197646
Dove195567
Erwin196755
Frank197943
Gerald199626
Henry200517
John200220

The difference of age between youngest (17) and 3rd eldest (55) is 38.

Hence, 38 is the answer.

Directions: Study the following information carefully and answer the questions given below:

A number and word arrangement machine when given an input line of numbers and words rearranges them following a particular rule in each step. The following is an illustration of input and rearrangement

Input: 2193 4638 1825 2437 4769 5225

Step I: 1825 2193 2437 4638 4769 5225

Step II: 1258 1239 2347 3468 4679 2255

Step III: 313 312 511 714 1016 410

Step IV: 9     6      5     28     6     0

Step V: 28    9      6      6      5     0

Step V is the last step.

As per the rules followed in the above steps, find the steps required to rearrange the given input and answer the questions based on it.

Input: 6482 5113 9438 2799 6619 4431

131

What is the sum of the digits of last three numbers in step V?

  1. ((a))

    26

  2. ((b))

    28

  3. ((c))

    14

  4. ((d))

    18

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

18

In the given illustration:

Step I: All the numbers are arranged in ascending order from left to right.

Step II: All the digits within each number are arranged in ascending order from left to right.

Step III: The addition of the first two digits separately and the last two digits separately within each number.

Step IV: The product of first and last digit in each number.

Step V: The numbers are arranged in descending order from left to right.

Step V is the final step.

Applying the same operation in the given input, we get:

Input: 6482 5113 9438 2799 6619 4431

Step I: 2799 4431 5113 6482 6619 9438 

Step II: 2799 1344 1135 2468 1669 3489

Step III: 918   48     28    614    715   717

Step IV: 72    32      16     24     35     49  

Step V: 72     49      35     32     24     16

Step V is the last step

The sum of the digits of last three numbers in step V is (3+2) + (2+4) + (1+6) is 5+6+7 equals to 18.

Hence, 18 is the answer.

132

What is the addition of the largest number and the smallest number in step IV?

  1. ((a))

    82

  2. ((b))

    88

  3. ((c))

    102

  4. ((d))

    84

  5. ((e))

    40

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

88

In the given illustration:

Step I: All the numbers are arranged in ascending order from left to right.

Step II: All the digits within each number are arranged in ascending order from left to right.

Step III: The addition of the first two digits separately and the last two digits separately within each number.

Step IV: The product of first and last digit in each number.

Step V: The numbers are arranged in descending order from left to right.

Step V is the final step.

Applying the same operation in the given input, we get:

Input: 6482 5113 9438 2799 6619 4431

Step I: 2799 4431 5113 6482 6619 9438 

Step II: 2799 1344 1135 2468 1669 3489

Step III: 918   48     28    614    715   717

Step IV: 72    32      16     24     35     49  

Step V: 72     49      35     32     24     16

Step V is the last step

The addition of the largest number (72) and the smallest number (16) in step IV is 88.

Hence, 88 is the answer.

133

What is the product of second digit of the second number from the left end and third digit of the third number from the right end in step III?

  1. ((a))

    40

  2. ((b))

    35

  3. ((c))

    32

  4. ((d))

    72

  5. ((e))

    30

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

32

In the given illustration:

Step I: All the numbers are arranged in ascending order from left to right.

Step II: All the digits within each number are arranged in ascending order from left to right.

Step III: The addition of the first two digits separately and the last two digits separately within each number.

Step IV: The product of first and last digit in each number.

Step V: The numbers are arranged in descending order from left to right.

Step V is the final step.

Applying the same operation in the given input, we get:

Input: 6482 5113 9438 2799 6619 4431

Step I: 2799 4431 5113 6482 6619 9438 

Step II: 2799 1344 1135 2468 1669 3489

Step III: 918   48     28    614    715   717

Step IV: 72    32      16     24     35     49  

Step V: 72     49      35     32     24     16

Step V is the last step

The product of second digit of the second number from the left end (8) and third digit of the third number from the right end (4) in step III is 32.

Hence, 32 is the answer.

134

What is the difference between second largest number in step I and second smallest number in step II?

  1. ((a))

    4376

  2. ((b))

    5375

  3. ((c))

    3755

  4. ((d))

    7355

  5. ((e))

    5275

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

5275

In the given illustration:

Step I: All the numbers are arranged in ascending order from left to right.

Step II: All the digits within each number are arranged in ascending order from left to right.

Step III: The addition of the first two digits separately and the last two digits separately within each number.

Step IV: The product of first and last digit in each number.

Step V: The numbers are arranged in descending order from left to right.

Step V is the final step.

Applying the same operation in the given input, we get:

Input: 6482 5113 9438 2799 6619 4431

Step I: 2799 4431 5113 6482 6619 9438 

Step II: 2799 1344 1135 2468 1669 3489

Step III: 918   48     28    614    715   717

Step IV: 72    32      16     24     35     49  

Step V: 72     49      35     32     24     16

Step V is the last step.

The difference between second largest number in step I (6619) and second smallest number in step II (1344) is 5275.

Hence, 5275 is the answer.

135

Directions : Study the following information carefully and answer the below questions:

Statement: “Sudden decline in GST tax collection pulled down overall rise in gross direct tax mobilization in the first half of the current year, ruling out any pickup in growth in the first quarter of the year, indicating that the government will find it difficult to meet its tax target for this year.”  It resulted in a pulled-down economy. 

Inferences:

(I) GST tax collection rise only in the first quarter of the current year.

(II) Industrial production and development slowed down in the first half of the year.

(III) The government has achieved the target of corporate as well as GST tax collection in comparison to previous year.

(IV) Poor tax collection in the GST tax collection pulled down the economy of our country.

(V) The government is likely to face difficulties in achieving the target of collection of GST tax due to slowdown in production and the government has forecast a growth in GST tax.

Which of the inferences numbered (I), (II), (III), (IV), and (V) can be concluded from the fact/information given in the statement?

  1. ((a))

    Only II

  2. ((b))

    Only IV and V

  3. ((c))

    Only III and IV

  4. ((d))

    Only IV

  5. ((e))

    Only III

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Only IV and V

Inference(I) As said in the statement it is about this year that this type of issue arises so we can not conclude anything about other years.

Inference(II) has been directly inferred and also in detail mentioned.

Inference (III) talks about the positive aspect, which is contrary to the details given in the above statement.

Inference (IV)  Poor tax collection in the corporate pulled down the economy is mentioned in the statement.

Inference (V) This statement may be somewhat true but we can not conclude about the future things.

Hence, Only IV and V is the right answer.

136

Direction: In the question below is a statement followed by some conclusions. You have to assume everything in the statement to be true, then consider the conclusions together and decide which of them logically follows beyond a reasonable doubt from the information given in the statement.

Statement: Computers can finish the task with the help of coding languages which are comprehensible for human beings but the computer needs the compiler software to read those commands.

What are the conclusions that will be derived from the above passage?

  1. ((a))

    Computers can work by themselves to complete a task.

  2. ((b))

    Humans need to train the computers to do a certain task by using the specific commands.

  3. ((c))

    Both options (IV) and (V) follow.

  4. ((d))

    Computer systems use certain conversion methods to read the codes. 

  5. ((e))

    Computers cannot do the tasks without the help of the compiler software.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Both options (IV) and (V) follow.

From the above passage, computers use a certain conversion method to read the coding language. It also needs a compiler software to do a task.

As per the given passage,

I. Computer cannot work by themselves as it needs coding language to do a task. So, this conclusion does not follow.

II. Human doesn't need to train computers. As it is a machine it can be perform the specified command with the coded languages and software. So, this conclusion does not follow.

IV. As per the given statement computer systems use compiler software which is one of the conversion methods used to read the codes. So, this conclusion follows.

V. As per the given statement it is clearly mentioned that computer can do the task with the help of compiler software. So, this conclusion follows.  

So, both options (IV) and (V) follow.

137

Directions: Read the following paragraph carefully and answer the question that follows :

Statement: Players like Amazon and Flipkart as well as industry watchers noted that the need for social distancing and prioritizing safety during the pandemic led to millions of people turning to e-commerce platforms this past year, not only in metros but also in tier III regions and beyond.

Inferences:

(I) The pandemic brought about a "structural shift" in shopping behavior with more and more customers and businesses relying on e-commerce.

(II) The Indian e-commerce market has been one of the biggest beneficiaries of the pandemic.

(III) The new normal of working and learning from home also fueled demand for consumer electronic products.

  1. ((a))

    Only III follows

  2. ((b))

    Only I and III follow

  3. ((c))

    Only II follows 

  4. ((d))

    Only I and either II or III follows

  5. ((e))

    Only I and II follow

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Only I and II follow

The keywords here are : Pandemic  Social distancing  safety online shopping. 

Now, statement  I talks about a behavioral shift of the consumers from offline to online shopping during the pandemic. This can be deduced from the given text. 

Statement II talks about the e-commerce markets that have benefited from the pandemic. So, this also can be inferred from the passage.

Statement III, however talks about work from home leading to an increase in the sale of consumer electronic products which is true as well but this cannot be inferred from the given paragraph as the statement doesn’t clearly talk about an online demand for the same. So, this can be eliminated

Only I and II follow. Option (e) being the correct answer.

138

Directions: In the question, the statement is given followed by some inferences. You must consider the statement to be true even if it seems to be at variance from commonly known facts. You must decide which of the given inference, if any, is a strong argument. 

Statement: Aishwarya likes to write from a very young age especially, she likes to write poetries. She also maintains a journal for her poetries which she plans to publish as an anthology.

What are the facts that can be inferred from the above passage?

  1. ((a))

    Aishwarya always likes to write poetry

  2. ((b))

    Aishwarya has written many poems

  3. ((c))

    Aishwarya has good poetic skills

  4. ((d))

    Aishwarya is planning to publish an anthology

  5. ((e))

    Aishwarya had an inborn talent to write poetry

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Aishwarya is planning to publish an anthology

If only a person has a deep understanding of the skills of a particular thing, he/she can succeed in it. In the above statement, we get to know that Aishwarya is ready to publish her poetry collection. So only with poetry knowledge and good poetic skill, she can publish her anthology.

Hence, option IV is the correct answer.

139

Directions: Read the given statement and with that information answer the following question carefully:

After GST and demonetization, rising interest rates are set to hurt SMEs. Interest rates for loans against property (LAP) extended to small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) are set to rise in the coming months of 2018. ‘Rising interest rates, in addition to the muted operating environment for small businesses in India, will lead to an increase in delinquencies on LAP extended to SMEs’. The introduction of the goods and services tax (GST) in July 2017 and the government's demonetization policy have placed stress on the SME sector, which rising interest rates will exacerbate. 

Which of the following can be logically inferred from the statement above?

  1. ((a))

    In addition to rising delinquencies over the last few years would force lenders to be more cautious while underwriting loans. This would limit refinancing options, adversely affecting existing borrowers.

  2. ((b))

    But losses will be limited because these loans are secured and have relatively low loan-to-value ratios.

  3. ((c))

    Rising interest rates will limit refinancing options and increase repayment amounts, increasing risks for asset backed securities (ABS) backed by LAP to SMEs.

  4. ((d))

    The ABS (asset backed securities) backed by LAP extended to SMEs have non-amortizing cash reserves, substantial excess spread and the possibility to extend the life of the loans and hence the life of the transactions

  5. ((e))

    None can be inferred

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

In addition to rising delinquencies over the last few years would force lenders to be more cautious while underwriting loans. This would limit refinancing options, adversely affecting existing borrowers.

I. In addition to rising delinquencies over the last few years would force lenders to be more cautious while underwriting loans. This would limit refinancing options, adversely affecting existing borrowers is the correct message to be inferred from the statement. Hence, option I is correct.

II. But losses will be limited because these loans are secured and have relatively low loan-to-value ratios is not inferred from the statement.

III. Rising interest rates will limit refinancing options and increase repayment amounts, increasing risks for asset-backed securities (ABS) backed by LAP to SMEs is not inferred from the statement.

IV. The ABS (asset-backed securities) backed by LAP extended to SMEs have non-amortizing cash reserves, substantial excess spread, and the possibility to extend the life of the loans hence, the life of the transactions is not inferred from the statement.

Option I follows.

140

Directions: Read the passage given below carefully and answer the given question:

Statement: An oil painting by the late Chinese French artist Zao Wou Ki became the most expensive oil painting ever sold at auction by an Asian artist. The painting fetched $65 million in the auction at Sotheby’s Hong Kong.

Which of the following does not support the statement?

I: The oil painting by the late Chinese-French artist became the most expensive oil painting ever sold at auction.

II: The auction at Sotheby’s Hong Kong on the painting fetched $65 million which is the highest till date for any artist.

III: Zao Wou-Ki was an Asian artist to ever sell the most expensive oil painting.

  1. ((a))

    Only I

  2. ((b))

    Only II

  3. ((c))

    Only I and II

  4. ((d))

    Only II and III

  5. ((e))

    All of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Only I and II

The oil painting by the late Chinese-French artist became the most expensive oil painting ever sold at auction is false as ZaoWou-Ki was an Asian artist to ever sell the most expensive oil painting. So, I do not support the statement.

II. The auction at Sotheby’s Hong Kong on the painting fetched $65 million. But it is not mentioned whether it is the most expensive auction till date. So, II do not support the statement.

III. Zao Wou-Ki was an Asian artist to ever sell the most expensive oil painting is true.

Hence, Both statement I and II does not support is the answer.

Quantitative Aptitude (50 questions)

Directions: Answer the questions based on the information given below.

The pie chart given below shows the percentage distribution of students present in different sections of 5th class of a school on Monday.

Note: 1. Difference between the number of students present in section 'A' and section 'B' is 4.

  1. In each of the sections 'B', 'C', 'D', and 'E', the total number of students (Present + Absent) is less than 51.
  2. No section has full attendance.
141

If absent students in section 'A' is 40% more than the present students and the ratio of absent students (Boys + Girls) is 5 : 3, then find the absent girl students in section 'A' is what percentage of the total present students in section 'C'?

  1. ((a))

    40%

  2. ((b))

    50%

  3. ((c))

    60%

  4. ((d))

    70%

  5. ((e))

    80%

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

70%

Let the total number of students present in all five sections = 100x

Total number of students present in section 'A' = 20x

Total number of students present in section 'B' = 22x

Total number of students present in section 'C' = 15x

Total number of students present in section 'D' = 23x

Total number of students present in section 'E' = 20x

The difference between the number of students present in section 'A' and section 'B' is 4.

Therefore, (22x - 20x) = 4

⇒ x = 2

Total number of students present in section 'A' = 40

Total number of students present in section 'B' = 44

Total number of students present in section 'C' = 30

Total number of students present in section 'D' = 46

Total number of students present in section 'E' = 40

ATQ, the total number of absent students in section 'A' = 1.40 × 40 = 56

And, the number of absent 'Boys' students in section 'A' = (5/8) × 56 = 35

The number of absent 'Girls' students in section 'A' = 56 - 35 = 21

Required% = (21/30) × 100 = 70%

Hence, the correct answer is 70%.

142

If 10 students who were present in section 'A', shifted to section 'C', then what is the sum of the maximum and minimum possible total (present + absent) students in section 'C'?

  1. ((a))

    40

  2. ((b))

    41

  3. ((c))

    50

  4. ((d))

    90

  5. ((e))

    91

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

91

Let the total number of students present in all five sections = 100x

Total number of students present in section 'A' = 20x

Total number of students present in section 'B' = 22x

Total number of students present in section 'C' = 15x

Total number of students present in section 'D' = 23x

Total number of students present in section 'E' = 20x

The difference between the number of students present in section 'A' and section 'B' is 4.

Therefore, (22x - 20x) = 4

⇒ x = 2

Total number of students present in section 'A' = 40

Total number of students present in section 'B' = 44

Total number of students present in section 'C' = 30

Total number of students present in section 'D' = 46

Total number of students present in section 'E' = 40

10 students who were present in section 'A', shifted to section 'C.

Therefore, total number of present students in section 'C' (after shifting) = 30 + 10 = 40

In each of the sections 'B', 'C', 'D', and 'E', the total number of students (Present + Absent) is less than 51 and no section has full attendance.

So, the maximum number of total students (present + absent) in section 'C' = 50

And, the minimum number of total students (present + absent) in section 'C' = 40 + 1 = 41

The sum of the maximum and minimum possible total (present + absent) students in section 'C' = 50 + 41 = 91

Hence, the correct answer is 91.

143

What is the difference between the maximum possible value of absent students in section 'B' and 3rd minimum possible value of absent students in section 'E'?

  1. ((a))

    2

  2. ((b))

    3

  3. ((c))

    4

  4. ((d))

    5

  5. ((e))

    6

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

3

Let the total number of students present in all five sections = 100x

Total number of students present in section 'A' = 20x

Total number of students present in section 'B' = 22x

Total number of students present in section 'C' = 15x

Total number of students present in section 'D' = 23x

Total number of students present in section 'E' = 20x

The difference between the number of students present in section 'A' and section 'B' is 4.

Therefore, (22x - 20x) = 4

⇒ x = 2

Total number of students present in section 'A' = 40

Total number of students present in section 'B' = 44

Total number of students present in section 'C' = 30

Total number of students present in section 'D' = 46

Total number of students present in section 'E' = 40

In each of the sections 'B', 'C', 'D', and 'E', the total number of students (Present + Absent) is less than 51 and no section has full attendance.

So, the maximum possible value of absent students in section 'B' = 50 - 44 = 6

And, 3rd minimum possible value of absent students in section 'E' = 3

Required difference = 6 - 3 = 3

Hence, the correct answer is 3.

144

If the value of absent students in section 'C' is greater than 7 and the total number of students (present + absent) in section 'C' is a 'square' number, then what is the difference between the absent students in section 'C' and total present students in section 'A' and section 'E' together?

  1. ((a))

    61

  2. ((b))

    62

  3. ((c))

    63

  4. ((d))

    64

  5. ((e))

    65

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

61

Let the total number of students present in all five sections = 100x

Total number of students present in section 'A' = 20x

Total number of students present in section 'B' = 22x

Total number of students present in section 'C' = 15x

Total number of students present in section 'D' = 23x

Total number of students present in section 'E' = 20x

The difference between the number of students present in section 'A' and section 'B' is 4.

Therefore, (22x - 20x) = 4

⇒ x = 2

Total number of students present in section 'A' = 40

Total number of students present in section 'B' = 44

Total number of students present in section 'C' = 30

Total number of students present in section 'D' = 46

Total number of students present in section 'E' = 40

In each of the sections 'B', 'C', 'D', and 'E', the total number of students (Present + Absent) is less than 51 and no section has full attendance.

ATQ, the value of absent students in section 'C' is greater than 7 and the total number of students (present + absent) in section 'C' is a 'square' number.

Therefore, the total number of absent students in section 'C' = 19

And, the total number of students (present + absent) in section 'C' = 19 + 30 = 49

Required difference = (40 + 40) - 19 = 61

Hence, the correct answer is 61.

145

If it is given that the sum of maximum and minimum possible values of absent students in section 'D' is 4, then what is the maximum total number of students (Present + absent) in section 'D'?

  1. ((a))

    46

  2. ((b))

    47

  3. ((c))

    48

  4. ((d))

    49

  5. ((e))

    50

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

49

Let the total number of students present in all five sections = 100x

Total number of students present in section 'A' = 20x

Total number of students present in section 'B' = 22x

Total number of students present in section 'C' = 15x

Total number of students present in section 'D' = 23x

Total number of students present in section 'E' = 20x

The difference between the number of students present in section 'A' and section 'B' is 4.

Therefore, (22x - 20x) = 4

⇒ x = 2

Total number of students present in section 'A' = 40

Total number of students present in section 'B' = 44

Total number of students present in section 'C' = 30

Total number of students present in section 'D' = 46

Total number of students present in section 'E' = 40

In each of the sections 'B', 'C', 'D', and 'E', the total number of students (Present + Absent) is less than 51 and no section has full attendance.

ATQ, the sum of maximum and minimum possible values of absent students in section 'D' is 4.

Therefore, the minimum possible value of absent students in section 'D' = 1

And, the maximum possible value of absent students in section 'D' = 4 - 1 = 3

The maximum total number of students (Present + absent) in section 'D' = 46 + 3 = 49

Hence, the correct answer is 49.

146

A question is followed by 2 statements. Study the following statements carefully and state whether they are sufficient to answer the question.

A student appears in an examination where his marks in biology is 20 marks more than what he got in Physics. Find his marks in biology?

Statement I – Average marks of Physics and Chemistry is 71.5. The ratio of marks of Practical and Theory in Physics is 6 ∶ 5 and in chemistry, it is 15 ∶ 7.

Statement II –Ratio of marks obtained in the theory exam of physics and chemistry is 1 ∶ 2. The ratio of marks of Physics and Chemistry is 5 ∶ 8.

  1. ((a))

    Statement I alone is sufficient

  2. ((b))

    Statement II alone is sufficient

  3. ((c))

    Neither of the statement is sufficient

  4. ((d))

    Both I and II together is sufficient

  5. ((e))

    Either I or II is sufficient 

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Both I and II together is sufficient

Shortcut Trick

Let Biology marks be B and Physics marks be P. Given B = P + 20.

Statement I gives P + C = 143 and internal ratios but no direct link between P and C values.

Statement II gives Theory ratios and Total ratio P : C = 5 : 8.

Combining both: From I, P + C = 143. From II, P : C = 5 : 8. We can find P (P = 5/13 × 143 = 55). Then B = 55 + 20 = 75.

∴ The correct answer is Both I and II together is sufficient.

Alternate Method

Given: Biology (B) = Physics (P) + 20.

From Statement I:

⇒ (P + C) ÷ 2 = 71.5

⇒ P + C = 143. (Cannot find P or C individually)

From Statement II:

⇒ Physics : Chemistry = 5 : 8. (Cannot find P or C without a sum or difference)

Combining Statement I and II:

⇒ Total Ratio = 5 + 8 = 13 units

⇒ 13 units = 143 marks

⇒ 1 unit = 11 marks

⇒ Physics (P) = 5 × 11 = 55 marks

⇒ Biology (B) = 55 + 20 = 75 marks

∴ The correct answer is Both I and II together is sufficient.

Additional Information

Data Sufficiency Logic

To find a specific variable, the number of independent equations must equal the number of variables (P, C, and B in this case).

Average Formula

Average = Sum of observations ÷ Total number of observations. Here, Sum = Average × 2.

Ratio Distribution

If a total S is divided in ratio a:b, then part 1 = [a/(a+b)] × S and part 2 = [b/(a+b)] × S.

147

A train can cross a car which is running with speed 40 km/h in same direction as that of train in 18 seconds while the train can cross a platform of length half of the length of train in 13.5 seconds, then what is the length of the platform?

  1. ((a))

    150 m

  2. ((b))

    100 m

  3. ((c))

    120 m

  4. ((d))

    80 m

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

100 m

Shortcut Trick

Let Train Length = 2L and Platform Length = L.

Time to cross platform (2L + L) = 13.5 s → Speed of train (VT) = 3L / 13.5 = L / 4.5 m/s.

Time to cross car (relative speed) = 18 s → 2L / (VT − 40 × 5/18) = 18.

Substituting VT: 2L / (L/4.5 − 100/9) = 18 ⇒ 2L / (2L/9 − 100/9) = 18 ⇒ 18L / (2L − 100) = 18 ⇒ L = 100 m.

∴ The correct answer is 100 m.

Alternate Method

Given: Speed of car = 40 km/h, Time to cross car = 18 s, Platform length = 1/2 × Train length, Time to cross platform = 13.5 s.

Formula Used: Distance = Speed × Time; Relative Speed (same direction) = S1 − S2.

⇒ Let Train Length = 2L and Platform Length = L.

⇒ Car Speed = 40 × 5/18 = 100/9 m/s.

⇒ Train Speed (VT) = (2L + L) / 13.5 = 3L / 13.5 = L / 4.5 m/s.

⇒ Crossing Car: Distance / Relative Speed = Time

⇒ 2L / (VT − 100/9) = 18

⇒ 2L = 18 × (L/4.5 − 100/9)

⇒ 2L = 4L − 200

⇒ 2L = 200

⇒ L = 100 m.

∴ The correct answer is 100 m.

Additional Information

Relative Speed

For objects moving in the same direction, relative speed is |S1 − S2|. For opposite directions, it is S1 + S2.

Unit Conversion

To convert km/h to m/s, multiply by 5/18. To convert m/s to km/h, multiply by 18/5.

Train Crossing Distance

Total distance = Length of train + Length of object (platform/bridge/other train). For a pole or car, distance = Length of train.

Directions: Answer the questions based on the information given below.

The line graph given below shows the total number of members (Males + Females) in four fitness gyms for the year 2001 and 2005.

148

If in gym 'B', the percentage increase of the gym members from 2001 to 2003 is x%, from 2003 to 2004 is 20% and from 2004 to 2005 is 25% then find the value of 'x' ?(approximately) 

  1. ((a))

    75.5%

  2. ((b))

    76.5%

  3. ((c))

    77.5%

  4. ((d))

    79.5%

  5. ((e))

    80.5%

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

79.5%

Total number of members in gym 'B' in 2001 = 52

Total number of members in gym 'B' in 2005 = 140

In gym 'B', the percentage increase of the gym members from 2001 to 2003 is x%, from 2003 to 2004 is 20% and from 2004 to 2005 is 25%.

Therefore, 52 × [(100 + x)/100] × 1.20 × 1.25 = 140

⇒ (100 + x)= 179.48

⇒ x = 79.48 ~ 79.5%

Hence, the correct answer is 79.5%.

149

If in gym 'B', an equal number of members joined in 2002, 2003 and 2004 and from 2001 and 2005 only 5 people left the gym, then find the number of people who joined in 2002. (Assume no other gym member left or joined in any given year other than the given data)

  1. ((a))

    31

  2. ((b))

    32

  3. ((c))

    33

  4. ((d))

    34

  5. ((e))

    35

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

31

Total number of members in gym 'B' in 2001 = 52

Total number of members in gym 'B' in 2005 = 140

An equal number of members joined in 2002, 2003 and 2004 and from 2001 and 2005 only 5 people left the gym.

Let the total number of gym members who joined in 2002, 2003, and 2004 be 'x'.

Therefore, 52 + 3x - 5 = 140

⇒ x = 31

Hence, the correct answer is 31.

150

If the total number of male gym members in gym 'C' and gym 'A' together in 2001 is 100 and in 2001, the total number of male members in gym 'A' was 75% of the total gym members in gym 'B' in 2001, then find the total number of female gym members in gym 'C' in 2001 is what percent of the total number of gym members in gym 'C' in 2005?

  1. ((a))

    71.25%

  2. ((b))

    72.50%

  3. ((c))

    73.75%

  4. ((d))

    74.25%

  5. ((e))

    75.75%

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

73.75%

Total number of members in gym 'A' in 2001 = 160

Total number of members in gym 'B' in 2001 = 52

Total number of members in gym 'C' in 2001 = 120

Total number of members in gym 'C' in 2005 = 80

In 2001, the total number of male members in gym 'A' was 75% of the total gym members in gym 'B' in 2001.

Therefore, the total number of male members in gym 'A' in 2001 = 0.75 × 52 = 39

The total number of male gym members in gym 'C' and gym 'A' together in 2001 is 100.

Therefore, the total number of male members in gym 'C' in 2001 = 100 - 39 = 61

And, the total number of female members in gym 'C' in 2001 = 120 - 61 = 59

Required% = (59/80) × 100 = 73.75%

Hence, the correct answer is 73.75%.

151

If in 2005, the ratio of the number of female to male gym members in gym 'C' is 9 : 7 respectively and only in the year 2004 few members left the gym in which the number of females was 15%, then how many female members were there initially in gym 'C' in 2001?

  1. ((a))

    51

  2. ((b))

    52

  3. ((c))

    53

  4. ((d))

    54

  5. ((e))

    55

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

51

Total number of members in gym 'C' in 2001 = 120

Total number of members in gym 'C' in 2005 = 80

In 2005, the ratio of the number of female to male gym members in gym 'C' is 9 : 7 respectively.

Therefore, the number of female members in gym 'C' in 2005 = (9/16) × 80 = 45

The number of male members in gym 'C' in 2005 = 80 - 45 = 35

Only in the year 2004 few members left the gym in which the number of females was 15%.

The total number of members who left the gym 'C'  = 120 - 80 = 40

The number of female members who left the gym 'C' in 2004 = 15% × 40 = 6

The number of female members initially in gym 'C' in 2001 = 45 + 6 = 51

Hence, the correct answer is 51.

152

In 2002, in gym D, the percentage increase of total members from the previous year is 25% in which males are 37.5% of the new gym members who joined and the new male members are 20% more than the number of male members present in the previous year. In 2004, 20 female members joined the gym. Find the ratio of the number of female members initially in 2001 and the number of female members in 2005. (Assume no other member joined or left in any year other than the given data)

  1. ((a))

    59 : 79

  2. ((b))

    61 : 79

  3. ((c))

    67 : 79

  4. ((d))

    71 : 79

  5. ((e))

    73 : 79

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

59 : 79

Total number of members in gym 'D' in 2001 = 128

Total number of members in gym 'D' in 2005 = 180

The total number of members in gym 'D' in 2002 = 128 × 1.25 = 160

Total number of new members who joined gym 'D' in 2002 = 160 - 128 = 32

Total number of new male members who joined gym 'D' in 2002 = 32 × (3/8) = 12

Total number of new female members who joined gym 'D' in 2002 = 32 × (5/8) = 20

The number of male members present in gym 'D' in 2001 = 12/1.20 = 10

Number of female members present in gym 'D' in 2001 = 128 - 10 = 118

Number of female members present in gym 'D' in 2005 = 118 + 20 + 20 = 158

Required ratio = 118 : 158 = 59 : 79

Hence, the correct answer is 59 : 79.

Directions: Answer the questions based on the information given below.

There are four companies A, B, C, and D. Data given below shows the number of products sold and unsold by these shopkeepers.

The total number of products manufactured by 'A' is 120, and the ratio of sold and unsold products of company 'B' is 3 : 1. The total number of products manufactured by company 'B' and 'D' is 260, and the difference between the number of unsold and sold products by 'C' is 90. The total number of products manufactured by 'C' is 150 which is 12 less than that of products sold by 'D'. The difference between the products unsold by 'B' and 'D' is 2. The number of products sold by 'A' is x% as that of 'B'.

Note : The number of products sold by each company is more than that of products unsold.

153

If the total number of products sold by all companies together is 432, then find the number of unsold products by company 'D' is how much percent more or less that of 'A'?

  1. ((a))

    25%

  2. ((b))

    30%

  3. ((c))

    40%

  4. ((d))

    50%

  5. ((e))

    60%

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

40%

Let the total number of sold products by 'C' = x

And, the total number of unsold products by 'C' = y

The difference between the number of unsold and sold products by 'C' is 90 and the number of products sold by each company is more than that of products unsold.

Therefore, x - y = 90 ...(a)

The total number of products manufactured by 'C' is 150.

Therefore, x + y = 150 ...(b)

Using (a) and (b)

2x = 90 + 150

⇒ 2x = 240

⇒ x = 120

And, y = 120 - 90 = 30

The total number of sold products by 'C' = x = 120

The total number of unsold products by 'C' = y = 30

The number of products sold by 'D' = 150 + 12 = 162

Let the total number of products manufactured by 'B' = 4z

The number of sold products by 'B' = (3/4) × (4z) = 3z

The number of unsold products by 'B' = (1/4) × (4z) = z

The number of products unsold by 'D' = z - 2

The total number of products manufactured by company 'B' and 'D' is 260.

Therefore, 4z + (162 + z - 2) = 260

⇒ 5z = 100

⇒ z = 20

The total number of products manufactured by 'B' = 4z = 80

The number of sold products by 'B' = 3z = 60

The number of unsold products by 'B' = z = 20

The number of products unsold by 'D' = z - 2 = 18

Total number of products manufactured by 'D' = 162 + 18 = 180

The number of products sold by 'A' = x% × 60

The number of products unsold by 'A' = 120 - x% × 60

Putting all the values in a table we get

CompanySold productsUnsold productsTotal manufactured products
Ax% × 60120 - x% × 60120
B602080
C12030150
D16218180

 

If the total number of products sold by all companies together is 432.

Then, x% × 60 + 60 + 120 + 162 = 432

⇒ x% × 60 = 90

⇒ x = 150

The number of products unsold by company 'A' = 120 - 150% × 60 = 30

Required% = [(30 - 18)/30] × 100 = 40%

Hence, the correct answer is 40%.

154

If the number of products sold by company 'A' is 140% more than the products unsold by company 'C', then find the value of 'x'?

  1. ((a))

    120%

  2. ((b))

    125%

  3. ((c))

    133.33%

  4. ((d))

    150%

  5. ((e))

    166.66%

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

120%

Let the total number of sold products by 'C' = x

And, the total number of unsold products by 'C' = y

The difference between the number of unsold and sold products by 'C' is 90 and the number of products sold by each company is more than that of products unsold.

Therefore, x - y = 90 ...(a)

The total number of products manufactured by 'C' is 150.

Therefore, x + y = 150 ...(b)

Using (a) and (b)

2x = 90 + 150

⇒ 2x = 240

⇒ x = 120

And, y = 120 - 90 = 30

The total number of sold products by 'C' = x = 120

The total number of unsold products by 'C' = y = 30

The number of products sold by 'D' = 150 + 12 = 162

Let the total number of products manufactured by 'B' = 4z

The number of sold products by 'B' = (3/4) × (4z) = 3z

The number of unsold products by 'B' = (1/4) × (4z) = z

The number of products unsold by 'D' = z - 2

The total number of products manufactured by company 'B' and 'D' is 260.

Therefore, 4z + (162 + z - 2) = 260

⇒ 5z = 100

⇒ z = 20

The total number of products manufactured by 'B' = 4z = 80

The number of sold products by 'B' = 3z = 60

The number of unsold products by 'B' = z = 20

The number of products unsold by 'D' = z - 2 = 18

Total number of products manufactured by 'D' = 162 + 18 = 180

The number of products sold by 'A' = x% × 60

The number of products unsold by 'A' = 120 - x% × 60

Putting all the values in a table we get

CompanySold productsUnsold productsTotal manufactured products
Ax% × 60120 - x% × 60120
B602080
C12030150
D16218180

 

If the number of products sold by company 'A' is 140% more than the products unsold by company 'C'.

Then, x% × 60 = 2.40 × 30

⇒ x = 120%

Hence, the correct answer is 120%.

155

If the number of products unsold by 'A' is 30, and the number of products manufactured by 'E' is thrice that of company 'D', then find the number of unsold products of company 'E', if the sold products of company 'E' is 2x.

  1. ((a))

    60

  2. ((b))

    80

  3. ((c))

    100

  4. ((d))

    120

  5. ((e))

    240

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

240

Let the total number of sold products by 'C' = x

And, the total number of unsold products by 'C' = y

The difference between the number of unsold and sold products by 'C' is 90 and the number of products sold by each company is more than that of products unsold.

Therefore, x - y = 90 ...(a)

The total number of products manufactured by 'C' is 150.

Therefore, x + y = 150 ...(b)

Using (a) and (b)

2x = 90 + 150

⇒ 2x = 240

⇒ x = 120

And, y = 120 - 90 = 30

The total number of sold products by 'C' = x = 120

The total number of unsold products by 'C' = y = 30

The number of products sold by 'D' = 150 + 12 = 162

Let the total number of products manufactured by 'B' = 4z

The number of sold products by 'B' = (3/4) × (4z) = 3z

The number of unsold products by 'B' = (1/4) × (4z) = z

The number of products unsold by 'D' = z - 2

The total number of products manufactured by company 'B' and 'D' is 260.

Therefore, 4z + (162 + z - 2) = 260

⇒ 5z = 100

⇒ z = 20

The total number of products manufactured by 'B' = 4z = 80

The number of sold products by 'B' = 3z = 60

The number of unsold products by 'B' = z = 20

The number of products unsold by 'D' = z - 2 = 18

Total number of products manufactured by 'D' = 162 + 18 = 180

The number of products sold by 'A' = x% × 60

The number of products unsold by 'A' = 120 - x% × 60

Putting all the values in a table we get

CompanySold productsUnsold productsTotal manufactured products
Ax% × 60120 - x% × 60120
B602080
C12030150
D16218180

 

If the number of products unsold by 'A' is 30, 

Then, 120 - x% × 60 = 30

⇒ x = 150

The number of products sold by company 'E' = 2x = 300

The number of products manufactured by 'E' = 3 × 180 = 540

The number of products unsold by 'E' = 540 - 300 = 240

Hence, the correct answer is 240.

156

If the difference between the number of products sold by 'C' and the total products manufactured by 'D' is 'Y' and the total number of products manufactured by 'B' is 'Z', then 'Y' is how much percent more or less than that of 'Z'?

  1. ((a))

    20%

  2. ((b))

    25%

  3. ((c))

    33.33%

  4. ((d))

    37.5%

  5. ((e))

    50%

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

25%

Let the total number of sold products by 'C' = x

And, the total number of unsold products by 'C' = y

The difference between the number of unsold and sold products by 'C' is 90 and the number of products sold by each company is more than that of products unsold.

Therefore, x - y = 90 ...(a)

The total number of products manufactured by 'C' is 150.

Therefore, x + y = 150 ...(b)

Using (a) and (b)

2x = 90 + 150

⇒ 2x = 240

⇒ x = 120

And, y = 120 - 90 = 30

The total number of sold products by 'C' = x = 120

The total number of unsold products by 'C' = y = 30

The number of products sold by 'D' = 150 + 12 = 162

Let the total number of products manufactured by 'B' = 4z

The number of sold products by 'B' = (3/4) × (4z) = 3z

The number of unsold products by 'B' = (1/4) × (4z) = z

The number of products unsold by 'D' = z - 2

The total number of products manufactured by company 'B' and 'D' is 260.

Therefore, 4z + (162 + z - 2) = 260

⇒ 5z = 100

⇒ z = 20

The total number of products manufactured by 'B' = 4z = 80

The number of sold products by 'B' = 3z = 60

The number of unsold products by 'B' = z = 20

The number of products unsold by 'D' = z - 2 = 18

Total number of products manufactured by 'D' = 162 + 18 = 180

The number of products sold by 'A' = x% × 60

The number of products unsold by 'A' = 120 - x% × 60

Putting all the values in a table we get

CompanySold productsUnsold productsTotal manufactured products
Ax% × 60120 - x% × 60120
B602080
C12030150
D16218180

 

If the difference between the number of products sold by 'C' and the total products manufactured by 'D' is 'Y' and the total number of products manufactured by 'B' is 'Z'.

Then, Y = 180 - 120 = 60

And, Z = 80

Require% = [(80 - 60)/80] × 100 = 25%

Hence, the correct answer is 25%.

Consider the following number series and answer the question based on this.

18, 10, 12, 27, x, p

z + 4 = x - 27

157

Find the value of p?

  1. ((a))

    899

  2. ((b))

    900

  3. ((c))

    901

  4. ((d))

    902

  5. ((e))

    903

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

901

18 × 0.5 + 1 = 10

10 × 1 + 2 = 12

12 × 2 + 3 = 27

27 × 4 + 4 = 112

x = 112

112 × 8 + 5 = 901

p = 901

z + 4 = 112 - 27

z = 81

Hence, the correct answer is 901.

158

Which of the following is true about the value of z?

  1. ((a))

    z is an even number.

  2. ((b))

    z is a prime number.

  3. ((c))

    z is a perfect square number.

  4. ((d))

    z is greater than 90.

  5. ((e))

    Sum of digits of z is more than 20.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

z is a perfect square number.

18 × 0.5 + 1 = 10

10 × 1 + 2 = 12

12 × 2 + 3 = 27

27 × 4 + 4 = 112

x = 112

112 × 8 + 5 = 901

p = 901

z + 4 = 112 - 27

z = 81

Hence, the correct answer is 'z' is a perfect square number.

159

Series I : 14, x, 37, 53, 72

Series II : 48, x, 26, 53, 213, 1705

Series III : 8, 15, x, 35, 48, 63

The value of x is 24.

In which of the following series 'x' is not satisfied properly?

  1. ((a))

    Only I

  2. ((b))

    Only II

  3. ((c))

    Only III

  4. ((d))

    Only I and II

  5. ((e))

    Only II and III

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Only II

Series I :

72 - 53 = 19

53 - 37 = 16

37 - x  = 13

x = 24

24 - 14 = 10

In series, I 'x' is satisfied properly.

Series II :

213 × 8 + 1 = 1705

53 × 4 + 1 = 213

26 × 2 + 1 = 53

x × 1 + 1 = 26

x = 25

48 × 0.5 + 1 = 25

In series, II 'x' is not satisfied properly.

Series III :

63 - 48 = 15

48 - 35 = 13

35 - x = 11

x = 24

24 - 15 = 9

15 - 8 = 7

In series, III 'x' is satisfied properly.

Hence, the correct answer is only II.

Directions: Answer the questions based on the information given below.

The table given below shows the data of the total funds of 4 different companies and funds denoted by each company to 3 different NGOs.

CompanyTotal fund (Rs.)% donated to NGO 'A'% donated to NGO 'B'% donated to NGO 'C'
WRs.1200032%---24%
X---64%16%Rs.1905
Y---33%---27%
ZRs. 13500---52%---

 

Note : (1) Sum of the percentage distribution in each company is 100.

(2) Ratio between the total funds of company 'W' to company 'Y' is 4 : 5 respectively.

(3) Some of the values are missing.

160

If the fund donated to NGO 'B' by company 'W' was distributed to an orphan child and elder person in 9 : 7 respectively, then find the difference between the fund donated to the elder person of NGO 'B' and the total fund of company 'X'?

  1. ((a))

    Rs. 7115

  2. ((b))

    Rs. 7215

  3. ((c))

    Rs. 7315

  4. ((d))

    Rs. 7415

  5. ((e))

    Rs. 7515

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Rs. 7215

Putting all the values in a table 

CompanyTotal fund (Rs.)% donated to NGO 'A'% donated to NGO 'B'% donated to NGO 'C'
WRs.1200032% × 12000 = 3840 Rs.(100 - 32 - 24) × 12000 = 5280 Rs.24% × 12000 = 2880 Rs.
XRs. 952564% × 9525 = 6096 Rs.16% × 9525 = 1524 Rs.20% × 9525 = 1905 Rs.
Y(5/4) × 12000 = 15000 Rs.33% × 15000 = 4950 Rs.(100 - 33 - 27)% × 15000 = 6000 Rs.27% × 15000 = 4050 Rs.
ZRs. 13500---52% × 13500 = 7020 Rs.---

 

The fund donated to the elder person of NGO 'B' by company 'W' = 5280 × (7/16) = 2310 Rs.

Required difference = 9525 - 2310 = 7215 Rs.

Hence, the correct answer is 7215 Rs.

161

If the total fund of company 'X' is part of their 'actual plan' and it is only 40% of their actual fund then the total fund donated to NGO 'A' and NGO 'B' by company 'X' is what percent of their actual fund?

  1. ((a))

    30%

  2. ((b))

    31%

  3. ((c))

    32%

  4. ((d))

    33%

  5. ((e))

    34%

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

32%

Putting all the values in a table 

CompanyTotal fund (Rs.)% donated to NGO 'A'% donated to NGO 'B'% donated to NGO 'C'
WRs.1200032% × 12000 = 3840 Rs.(100 - 32 - 24) × 12000 = 5280 Rs.24% × 12000 = 2880 Rs.
XRs. 952564% × 9525 = 6096 Rs.16% × 9525 = 1524 Rs.20% × 9525 = 1905 Rs.
Y(5/4) × 12000 = 15000 Rs.33% × 15000 = 4950 Rs.(100 - 33 - 27)% × 15000 = 6000 Rs.27% × 15000 = 4050 Rs.
ZRs. 13500---52% × 13500 = 7020 Rs.---

 

Total fund of company 'X' for actual plan = 9525/0.40 = 23812.5 Rs.

The total fund donated to NGO 'A' and NGO 'B' by company 'X' = 6096 + 1524 = 7620 Rs.

Required% = [(7620/23812.5) × 100] = 32%

Hence, the correct answer is 32%.

162

If 20% of the fund donated to NGO 'B' by the company 'Y' was utilized in 'women's development and the rest was for 'rural development' then find the ratio between the fund utilized in women's development by NGO 'B' and fund donated by company 'Z' to NGO 'B'?

  1. ((a))

    20 : 101

  2. ((b))

    20 : 103

  3. ((c))

    20 : 107

  4. ((d))

    20 : 111

  5. ((e))

    20 : 117

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

20 : 117

Putting all the values in a table 

CompanyTotal fund (Rs.)% donated to NGO 'A'% donated to NGO 'B'% donated to NGO 'C'
WRs.1200032% × 12000 = 3840 Rs.(100 - 32 - 24) × 12000 = 5280 Rs.24% × 12000 = 2880 Rs.
XRs. 952564% × 9525 = 6096 Rs.16% × 9525 = 1524 Rs.20% × 9525 = 1905 Rs.
Y(5/4) × 12000 = 15000 Rs.33% × 15000 = 4950 Rs.(100 - 33 - 27)% × 15000 = 6000 Rs.27% × 15000 = 4050 Rs.
ZRs. 13500---52% × 13500 = 7020 Rs.---

 

The fund utilized in women's development by NGO 'B'  by company 'Y' = 6000 × 20% = 1200 Rs.

Required ratio = 1200 : 7020 = 20 : 117

Hence, the correct answer is 20 : 117.

163

If the fund donated by company Z in NGO 'A' and NGO 'C' was in the ratio of 4 : 5, then find the fund donated to NGO 'C' was what percent of the total fund of company 'Z'?

  1. ((a))

    13.33%

  2. ((b))

    16.66%

  3. ((c))

    26.66%

  4. ((d))

    33.33%

  5. ((e))

    42.22%

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

26.66%

Putting all the values in a table 

CompanyTotal fund (Rs.)% donated to NGO 'A'% donated to NGO 'B'% donated to NGO 'C'
WRs.1200032% × 12000 = 3840 Rs.(100 - 32 - 24) × 12000 = 5280 Rs.24% × 12000 = 2880 Rs.
XRs. 952564% × 9525 = 6096 Rs.16% × 9525 = 1524 Rs.20% × 9525 = 1905 Rs.
Y(5/4) × 12000 = 15000 Rs.33% × 15000 = 4950 Rs.(100 - 33 - 27)% × 15000 = 6000 Rs.27% × 15000 = 4050 Rs.
ZRs. 13500---52% × 13500 = 7020 Rs.---

 

Total fund donated to NGO 'A' and NGO 'C' by company 'Z' = 13500 - 7020 = 6480 Rs.

Total fund donated to NGO 'C' by company 'Z' = (5/9) × 6480 = 3600 Rs.

Required% = [(3600/13500)] × 100 = 26.66%

Hence, the correct answer is 26.66%.

164

If another company 'V' has a fund that was 30% more than that of company 'Y' and company 'V' donated 30%, 25%, and 45% to NGO 'A', NGO 'B', and NGO 'C' respectively then find the sum of the fund donated to NGO 'C' by company 'V' and fund donated to NGO 'A' by company 'X'?

  1. ((a))

    Rs. 11871

  2. ((b))

    Rs. 12871

  3. ((c))

    Rs. 13871

  4. ((d))

    Rs. 14871

  5. ((e))

    Rs. 15871

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Rs. 14871

Putting all the values in a table 

CompanyTotal fund (Rs.)% donated to NGO 'A'% donated to NGO 'B'% donated to NGO 'C'
WRs.1200032% × 12000 = 3840 Rs.(100 - 32 - 24) × 12000 = 5280 Rs.24% × 12000 = 2880 Rs.
XRs. 952564% × 9525 = 6096 Rs.16% × 9525 = 1524 Rs.20% × 9525 = 1905 Rs.
Y(5/4) × 12000 = 15000 Rs.33% × 15000 = 4950 Rs.(100 - 33 - 27)% × 15000 = 6000 Rs.27% × 15000 = 4050 Rs.
ZRs. 13500---52% × 13500 = 7020 Rs.---

 

Total fund for company 'V' = 15000 × 1.30 = 19500 Rs.

The fund donated to NGO 'C' by company 'V' = 45% × 19500 = 8775 Rs.

Required sum = 6096 + 8775 = 14871 Rs.

Hence, the correct answer is 14871 Rs.

165

Directions: In this question two equations numbered I and II are given. You have to solve both the equations and find out the correct option.

I. x2 – 17x + 72 = 0

II. y2 – 17y + 70 = 0

  1. ((a))

    x > y

  2. ((b))

    x < y

  3. ((c))

    x ≥ y

  4. ((d))

    x ≤ y

  5. ((e))

    x = y or no relationship could be established

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

x = y or no relationship could be established

⇒ x2 – 9x – 8x + 72 = 0

⇒ x(x – 9) – 8(x – 9) = 0

⇒ x = 9 ,  8

⇒ y2 – 17y + 70 = 0

⇒ y2 – 10y – 7y + 70 = 0

⇒ y(y – 10) – 7(y – 10) =0

⇒ y = 10 , 7

When x = 9, y = 10, then x < y

When x = 9, y = 7, then x > y

When x = 8, y = 10, then x < y

When x = 8, y = 7, then x > y

∴ Relationship cannot be determine

166

In the given question, two equations numbered l and II are given. You have to solve both the equations and mark the appropriate answer-

I. x2 – 56x + 343 = 0

II. 2y2 + 23y + 60 = 0

  1. ((a))

    x > y

  2. ((b))

    y ≤ x

  3. ((c))

    y ≥ x

  4. ((d))

    x < y

  5. ((e))

    Either x = y or Relation between x and y cannot be established.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

x > y

Short trick:

for equation having sign (-, +), the roots are always positive.

for equation having sign (+, +), the roots are always negative.

∴ x > y.

Detailed solution:

Roots of equation carrying variable x,

 x2 – 56x + 343 = 0

x2 – 49x – 7x + 343 = 0

x(x – 49) - 7(x – 49) = 0

(x – 49) (x – 7) = 0 ⇒ x = (49, 7)

Roots of equation carrying variable y,

2y2 + 23y + 60 = 0

2y2 + 8y + 15y + 60 = 0

2y(y + 4) + 15(y + 4) = 0

(y + 4) (2y + 15) = 0 ⇒ y = (4,;152)\left( { - 4,; - \frac{{15}}{2}} \right)

on comparing, x > y.

167

Direction: In the given question, two equations numbered l and II are given. You have to solve both the equations and mark the appropriate answer.

I. x2 – 5x + 6 = 0

II. y2 – 9y + 20 = 0

  1. ((a))

    x > y

  2. ((b))

    x < y

  3. ((c))

    x ≥ y

  4. ((d))

    x ≤ y

  5. ((e))

    x = y or relationship between x and y cannot be established

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

x < y

Calculation:

I. x2 – 5x + 6 = 0

⇒ x2 – 3x –  2x + 6 = 0

⇒ x(x – 3) – 2(x – 3) = 0

⇒ (x – 3) (x – 2) = 0

⇒ x = 3, 2

 

II. y2 – 9y + 20 = 0

⇒ y2 – 5y – 4y + 20 = 0

⇒ y(y – 5)  – 4(y – 5) = 0

⇒ (y – 5) (y – 4) = 0

⇒ y = 5, 4

 

Value of xValue of yRelation
35x < y
34x < y
25x < y
24x < y

 

∴ x < y

168

In the given question, two equations numbered l and II are given. You have to solve both the equations and mark the appropriate answer:

I. x2 - 2x - 35 = 0

II. y2 + y - 42 = 0

  1. ((a))

    x > y

  2. ((b))

    y ≤ x

  3. ((c))

    y ≥ x

  4. ((d))

    x < y

  5. ((e))

    Either x = y or Relationship between x and y cannot be established.

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

Either x = y or Relationship between x and y cannot be established.

Finding the roots of equation I,

x2 - 2x - 35 = 0

⇒ x2 - 7x + 5x - 35 = 0

⇒ x(x - 7) + 5(x - 7) = 0

⇒ (x - 7) (x + 5) = 0

⇒ x = (7, -5)

Finding the roots of equation II,

y2 + y - 42 = 0

⇒ y2 + 7y - 6y - 42 = 0

⇒ y(y + 7) - 6(y + 7) = 0

⇒ (y + 7) (y - 6) = 0

⇒ y = (-7, 6)

Value of xValue of yResult
7-7x > y
76x > y
-5-7x > y
-56x < y

 

∴ Relationship between x and y cannot be established.

169

In the given question, two equations numbered l and II are given. You have to solve both the equations and mark the appropriate answer-

I. 2x2 - 13x + 21 = 0

II. 3y2 -16y + 21 = 0

  1. ((a))

    x > y

  2. ((b))

    y ≤ x

  3. ((c))

    y ≥ x

  4. ((d))

    x < y

  5. ((e))

    Either x = y or Relationship between x and y cannot be established.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

y ≤ x

I. 2x2 – 13x + 21 = 0

⇒ 2x2 – 6x – 7x + 21 = 0

⇒ 2x(x – 3) – 7(x – 3) = 0

⇒ (2x – 7) (x – 3) = 0

⇒ x = (7/2, 3)

<br>

II. 3y2 – 16 y + 21 = 0

⇒ 3y2 – 9y – 7y + 21 = 0

⇒ 3y(y – 3) – 7(y – 3) = 0

⇒ (y – 3) (3y – 7) = 0

⇒ y = (3, 7/3)

∴ y ≤ x

170

What approximate value should come in the place of question mark (?) in the following question?

79.99 × 24.14 × 6.97 ÷ 27.98 = ?2 + 38.99

  1. ((a))

    31

  2. ((b))

    29

  3. ((c))

    19

  4. ((d))

    23

  5. ((e))

    21

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

21

Follow BODMAS rule to solve this question, as per the order given below.

Step - 1: Parts of an equation enclosed in 'Brackets' must be solved first, and following BODMAS rule in the bracket -

Step - 2: Any mathematical 'Of' or 'Exponent' must be solved next.

Step - 3: Next, the parts of the equation that contain 'Division' and 'Multiplication' are calculated.

Step - 4: Last but not the least, the parts of the equation that contain 'Addition' and 'Subtraction' should be calculated.

Since, we need to find out the approximate value, we can write these values to their nearest integers.

Given expression is

79.99 × 24.14 × 6.97 ÷ 27.98 = ?2 + 38.99

⇒ 80 × 24 × 7 ÷ 28 = ?2 + 39

⇒ ?2 + 39 = 480

⇒ ?2 = 441

⇒ ? = 21

171

What approximate value should come in the place of the question mark ‘?’ in the following question?

17.77% of 399.99 + 42.14% of 249.99 = ? – 15.99% of 199.98

  1. ((a))

    219

  2. ((b))

    209

  3. ((c))

    229

  4. ((d))

    199

  5. ((e))

    239

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

209

Follow the BODMAS rule to solve this question, as per the order given below.

<br>

Step - 1: Parts of an equation enclosed in 'Brackets' must be solved first, and following BODMAS rule in the bracket -

<br>

Step - 2: Any mathematical 'Of' or 'Exponent' must be solved next.

<br>

Step - 3: Next, the parts of the equation that contain 'Division' and 'Multiplication' are calculated.

<br>

Step - 4: Last but not the least, the parts of the equation that contain 'Addition' and 'Subtraction' should be calculated.

<br>

Since we need to find out the approximate value, we can write these values to their nearest integers.

<br>

Given expression is

17.77% of 399.99 + 42.14% of 249.99 = ? – 15.99% of 199.98

18% of 400 + 42% of 250 = ? – 16% of 200

⇒ 72 + 105 = ? – 32

⇒ 177 = ? – 32

⇒ 177 + 32 = ?

∴ ? = 209

172

What approximate value will come in the place of the question mark ‘?’ in the following question?

(6.95 × 7.988) – (12.004× √9.012) = ? – 10.895

  1. ((a))

    40

  2. ((b))

    45

  3. ((c))

    31

  4. ((d))

    25

  5. ((e))

    37

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

31

Follow BODMAS rule to solve this question, as per the order given below.

Step - 1: Parts of an equation enclosed in Bracket must be solved first and following BODMAS rule in

the bracket -

Step - 2: Any mathematical 'Of' or 'Exponent' must be solved next.

Step - 3: Next, the parts of the equation that contain 'Division' and 'Multiplication' are calculated.

Step - 4: Last but not the least, the parts of the equation that contain 'Addition' and 'Subtraction' should be

calculated.

Given expression is

(6.95 × 7.988) – (12.004× √9.012) = ? – 10.895

⇒ (7 × 8) – (12 × 3) = ? – 11

⇒ 56 – 36 = ? – 11

⇒ 20 + 11 =?

∴ ? = 31

173

What approximate value should come in the place of question mark (?) in the following question?

(45.875 – 34.75) × (23.89 – 15.99) = ? + (34.87 – 17.98)

  1. ((a))

    80

  2. ((b))

    65

  3. ((c))

    71

  4. ((d))

    75

  5. ((e))

    78

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

71

Concept Used:

Follow BODMAS rule to solve this question, as per the order given below, 

Calculation:

(45.875 – 34.75) × (23.89 – 15.99) = ? + (34.87 – 17.98)

⇒ (46 – 35) × (24 – 16) = ? + (35 – 18)

⇒ 11 × 8 = ? + 17

⇒ 88 – 17 = ?

⇒ ? = 71

∴ The value of (?) is 71

174

The question consists of two statements numbered “I” and “II” given below it. You have to decide whether the data provided in the statements are sufficient to answer the question or not and choose the correct option accordingly.

<br>

An alloy contains zinc and copper in the ratio of 12:11 respectively. Find the original quantity of copper in the alloy?

Statement I: If 20% of the alloy is replaced with the same quantity of copper then the ratio of the zinc to copper becomes 48:67.

Statement II: If 125 kg of copper is added to the alloy, then the ratio of zinc to copper becomes 3:4.

  1. ((a))

    The data in statement I alone is sufficient to answer, while the data in statement II alone is not sufficient to answer the question.

  2. ((b))

    The data in statement II alone is sufficient to answer, while the data in statement I alone is not sufficient to answer the question.

  3. ((c))

    The data either in statement I alone or in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question.

  4. ((d))

    The data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question.

  5. ((e))

    The data in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

The data in statement II alone is sufficient to answer, while the data in statement I alone is not sufficient to answer the question.

Shortcut Trick

In Statement I, replacing a percentage of the mixture with copper keeps the total volume constant, but without an absolute weight (kg), only the ratio can be verified, not the original quantity.

In Statement II, adding 125 kg changes the ratio from 12:11 to 3:4. Making Zinc units equal (12:11 → 12:16), the change is 5 units = 125 kg.

1 unit = 25 kg ⇒ Original Copper = 11 units = 275 kg.

∴ The correct answer is 275 kg.

Alternate Method

Given: Initial ratio Zinc : Copper = 12 : 11. Let quantities be 12x and 11x.

From Statement I:

⇒ Total = 23x. Replace 20% (4.6x). Remaining = 18.4x.

⇒ New Zinc = 12x − (12/23 × 4.6x), New Copper = 11x − (11/23 × 4.6x) + 4.6x.

⇒ This yields a constant ratio 48:67 regardless of the value of x. Hence, x cannot be determined.

From Statement II:

⇒ (12x) / (11x + 125) = 3 / 4

⇒ 48x = 33x + 375

⇒ 15x = 375 ⇒ x = 25

⇒ Original Copper = 11 × 25 = 275 kg.

∴ The correct answer is 275 kg.

Additional Information

Data Sufficiency in Ratios

To find absolute values from ratios, at least one absolute numerical value (kg, liters, etc.) must be provided in the condition. Statements involving only percentages or further ratios often only confirm the existing proportions.

Replacement Rule

When a part of a mixture is replaced by one of its components, the quantity of the other component remains the same as it was in the remaining part of the mixture before the addition.

175

The question consists of two statements numbered “I” and “II” given below it. You have to decide whether the data provided in the statements are sufficient to answer the question or not and choose the correct option accordingly.

The ratio of the cost prices of articles 'A', 'B' and 'C' is 8 : 5 : 3.The percentage by which article 'A', article 'B' and article 'C' are marked up is 80%, 60%, and 40% respectively. Find the cost price of article 'C' ?

Statement (I) : The ratio of the selling prices of article 'A', article 'B', and article 'C' is 10 : 7 : 13.

Statement (II) : Total profit earned on the three articles is Rs. 120 less than the total discount given on the three articles together.

  1. ((a))

    The data in statement I alone is sufficient to answer, while the data in statement II alone is not sufficient to answer the question.

  2. ((b))

    The data in statement II alone is sufficient to answer, while the data in statement I alone is not sufficient to answer the question.

  3. ((c))

    The data either in statement I alone or in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question.

  4. ((d))

    The data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question.

  5. ((e))

    The data in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

The data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question.

Shortcut Trick

To find the Cost Price (CP) of article 'C', we need at least one absolute monetary value (in Rupees) and a complete set of Selling Prices (SP) or Discount details.

Statement (I) provides only ratios of Selling Prices, which cannot determine absolute values.

Statement (II) provides a difference between total Profit and Discount (Rs. 120), but since Selling Prices are unknown (discounts are calculated on MP and profits on CP), we have too many variables (three unknown discounts) and only one equation.

Even combining both, we cannot determine the individual discount values or individual selling prices to solve for CP.

∴ The correct answer is The data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question.

Alternate Method

Given: CP Ratio A:B:C = 8x : 5x : 3x. Markup percentages are 80%, 60%, and 40%.

⇒ Marked Price (MP) of A = 8x × 1.8 = 14.4x

⇒ Marked Price (MP) of B = 5x × 1.6 = 8.0x

⇒ Marked Price (MP) of C = 3x × 1.4 = 4.2x

⇒ From Statement (I): SP Ratio = 10y : 7y : 13y. Still 2 variables (x, y).

⇒ From Statement (II): Total Discount − Total Profit = (MPtotal − SPtotal) − (SPtotal − CPtotal) = 120

⇒ (14.4x + 8x + 4.2x − ΣSP) − (ΣSP − (8x + 5x + 3x)) = 120

⇒ 26.6x − 2ΣSP + 16x = 120 ⇒ 42.6x − 2(30y) = 120. One equation with two variables (x and y) cannot be solved.

∴ The correct answer is The data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question.

Additional Information

Data Sufficiency in Ratios

To find a unique value, at least one absolute value must be linked to the ratios provided in the question or statements.

Profit and Discount Relation

Profit = SP − CP and Discount = MP − SP. Both involve the Selling Price, which remains unknown in this problem.

Marked Price Formula

MP = CP × (100 + Markup %)/100. This links CP and MP through a constant multiplier.

176

Directions: Given question contains a statement followed by two statements are numbered as Quantity I and Quantity II. On solving these statements, we get quantities I and II respectively. Solve both quantities and choose the correct option.

 

If a5 = 32 and b6 = 64

Quantity I: Value of b.

Quantity II: Value of a.

  1. ((a))

    Quantity I > Quantity II

  2. ((b))

    Quantity II > Quantity I

  3. ((c))

    Quantity II ≥ Quantity I

  4. ((d))

    Quantity I ≥ Quantity II

  5. ((e))

    Quantity I = Quantity II, or relationship cannot be determined.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Quantity II ≥ Quantity I

Shortcut Trick Solve for variables using exponents: a5 = 32 ⇒ a = 2. For b6 = 64, the even power implies two roots: b = ±2. Comparing Quantity I (b = 2, −2) and Quantity II (a = 2). Since 2 = 2 and 2 > −2, it follows that Quantity II ≥ Quantity I. ∴ The correct answer is Quantity II ≥ Quantity I. Alternate Method Given: a5 = 32 and b6 = 64. Quantity I: Value of b. ⇒ b6 = 64 ⇒ b = (64)1/6 ⇒ b = ±2 (Since the power is even, both positive and negative roots exist). Quantity II: Value of a. ⇒ a5 = 32 ⇒ a = (32)1/5 ⇒ a = 2 (Since the power is odd, only the positive root exists). Comparison: Case 1: If b = 2 and a = 2, then Quantity II = Quantity I. Case 2: If b = −2 and a = 2, then Quantity II > Quantity I. ⇒ Combining both cases, Quantity II ≥ Quantity I. ∴ The correct answer is Quantity II ≥ Quantity I. Additional Information Roots of Even vs Odd Powers For an equation xn = k, if n is even, x has two real roots (±k1/n). If n is odd, x has only one real root with the same sign as k. Comparison of Quantities When comparing variables with multiple possible values, check every combination. If one value is always greater or equal, use the ≥ or ≤ signs accordingly.

177

A receives 1/15th of the total profit and the remaining is divided between B and C in the ratio of 3 : 4. If the difference between the profit shares of C and A is Rs. 2800. What is B’s share?

  1. ((a))

    Rs. 2000

  2. ((b))

    Rs. 2200

  3. ((c))

    Rs. 2300

  4. ((d))

    Rs. 2400

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Rs. 2400

Shortcut Trick

Let the total profit be 15 units. A share = 1/15 × 15 = 1 unit.

Remaining profit = 15 − 1 = 14 units. Divide 14 in ratio B:C = 3:4.

B share = 14 × (3/7) = 6 units and C share = 14 × (4/7) = 8 units.

Difference (C − A) = 8 − 1 = 7 units. Given 7 units = Rs. 2800.

1 unit = Rs. 400. B share = 6 units = 6 × 400 = Rs. 2400.

∴ The correct answer is Rs. 2400.

Alternate Method

Given → A share = 1/15, B:C = 3:4, C − A = Rs. 2800. Formulas: Total = A + B + C | Ratio Share = Value × (Part/Total Parts).

⇒ Let total profit be P. A = P/15. ⇒ Remaining = P − P/15 = 14P/15. ⇒ B share = (3/7) × (14P/15) = 6P/15. ⇒ C share = (4/7) × (14P/15) = 8P/15. ⇒ Difference C − A = 8P/15 − P/15 = 7P/15. ⇒ 7P/15 = 2800 ⇒ P = (2800 × 15) / 7 = 6000. ⇒ B share = 6/15 × 6000 = Rs. 2400.

∴ The correct answer is Rs. 2400.

Additional Information

Partnership Ratios

Profit is divided based on the product of Investment and Time. If time is constant, profit ratio equals investment ratio.

Remaining Share Calculation

When one partner takes a fixed fraction, the Balance (1 − fraction) is distributed among others using their respective Ratios.

178

Narender can do 4/5th of work in 20 days. The efficiency of Ajay is 25% more than that of Narender. Both Narender and Ajay started working together and left the work after five days. Neha completed the remaining work in 11 days. The efficiency of Neha is how much percent more/less than that of Narender?

  1. ((a))

    25% less

  2. ((b))

    20% less

  3. ((c))

    20% more 

  4. ((d))

    25% more

  5. ((e))

    None of these

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

25% more

Shortcut Trick

Narender takes 25 days (20 × 5/4) for 100% work. Let Total Work = 100 units.

Efficiency: Narender = 4, Ajay = 5 (25% more), Combined = 9 units/day.

Work done in 5 days = 9 × 5 = 45 units. Remaining = 55 units.

Neha's efficiency = 55 ÷ 11 = 5 units/day.

% Difference = (5 − 4)/4 × 100 = 25% more.

∴ The correct answer is 25% more.

Alternate Method

Given: Narender does 4/5 work in 20 days. Ajay's efficiency is 1.25 times Narender's. Neha completes remaining work in 11 days.

PersonDays for Full WorkTotal Work (LCM)Efficiency
Narender251004
Ajay205

Narender total days = 20 × (5/4) = 25 days.

⇒ Efficiency of Narender (EN) = 100 ÷ 25 = 4 units/day.

⇒ Efficiency of Ajay (EA) = 4 × 1.25 = 5 units/day.

⇒ Work done by (Narender + Ajay) in 5 days = (4 + 5) × 5 = 45 units.

⇒ Remaining work = 100 − 45 = 55 units.

⇒ Efficiency of Neha (ENeha) = 55 ÷ 11 = 5 units/day.

⇒ % more than Narender = [(5 − 4) ÷ 4] × 100 = 25%.

∴ The correct answer is 25% more.

Additional Information

Efficiency and Time Relationship

Efficiency is inversely proportional to the time taken to complete a work. If the ratio of efficiencies is a:b, the ratio of time taken is b:a.

Work and Wages

Wages are always distributed in the ratio of the actual work done by each person or in the ratio of their efficiencies if they work for the same duration.

179

A bag contains 8 red and 5 blue balls. Two balls are drawn randomly. Find the probability that one ball is red and other is blue.

  1. ((a))

    20/39

  2. ((b))

    10/29

  3. ((c))

    25/39

  4. ((d))

    1/13

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

20/39

Shortcut Trick

Total balls = 8 Red + 5 Blue = 13 balls.

Probability (1 Red and 1 Blue) = [ (n(Red) × n(Blue)) ÷ TotalC2 ]

Required Probability = (8 × 5) ÷ (13 × 12 ÷ 2) = 40 ÷ 78 = 20/39.

∴ The correct answer is 20/39.

Alternate Method

Given:

Number of Red balls = 8

Number of Blue balls = 5

Total balls = 8 + 5 = 13

Formula Used:

Probability P(E) = n(E) ÷ n(S)

Combination Formula: nCr = n! ÷ [r!(n − r)!]

Calculations:

⇒ Total ways to draw 2 balls from 13, n(S) = 13C2

⇒ n(S) = (13 × 12) ÷ (2 × 1) = 78

⇒ Ways to draw 1 Red ball from 8, 8C1 = 8

⇒ Ways to draw 1 Blue ball from 5, 5C1 = 5

⇒ Favorable ways n(E) = 8 × 5 = 40

⇒ P(E) = 40 ÷ 78 = 20/39

∴ The correct answer is 20/39.

Additional Information

Probability Basics

The probability of an event always lies between 0 and 1 inclusive. P(E) + P(E') = 1.

Combinations in Probability

When items are drawn simultaneously or without replacement, nCr is used to calculate the sample space and favorable outcomes.

Mutually Exclusive Events

If two events A and B are mutually exclusive, P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B).

180

Difference between compound interest and simple interest on Rs. 7200 for 2 years at x% per annum is Rs. 200. Find the value of x.

  1. ((a))

    15%

  2. ((b))

    1513%15\frac{1}{3}{\rm{\% }}

  3. ((c))

    1623%16\frac{2}{3}\%

  4. ((d))

    18%

  5. ((e))

    None of the above

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

1623%16\frac{2}{3}\%

Shortcut Trick

For 2 years, the difference between CI and SI is given by: D = P × (r/100)2.

200 = 7200 × (x/100)2

⇒ (x/100)2 = 200/7200 = 1/36

⇒ x/100 = 1/6 ⇒ x = 100/6 = 16(2/3)%

∴ The correct answer is 16(2/3)%.

Alternate Method

Given: Principal (P) = ₹7200, Time (T) = 2 years, Difference (D) = ₹200, Rate = x%.

Formula Used: Difference (D) = P(R/100)2

⇒ 200 = 7200 × (x/100) × (x/100)

⇒ 200/7200 = x2 / 10000

⇒ 1/36 = x2 / 10000

⇒ x2 = 10000/36

⇒ x = √(10000/36) = 100/6

⇒ x = 50/3 = 16(2/3)

∴ The correct answer is 16(2/3)%.

Additional Information

3-Year Difference Formula

The difference between CI and SI for 3 years is given by D = P(r/100)2 × (3 + r/100).

Effective Rate Method

For 2 years at r%, SI effective rate is 2r% and CI effective rate is (2r + r2/100)%. The difference is always (r2/100)% of Principal.

Compound Interest Formula

Amount (A) = P(1 + r/100)n, where n is the number of years. CI = A − P.

181

The total time taken by the boat to go 'x' km upstream and then return back to a certain distance is 6 hours. The ratio of the speed boat in still water to the speed of the stream is 8 : 1, respectively. If the upstream distance covered is 50 km more than the downstream distance covered and the boat can cover (3x + 60) km in still water in 12 hours, then find the value of 'x'?

  1. ((a))

    120 km

  2. ((b))

    128 km

  3. ((c))

    140 km

  4. ((d))

    150 km

  5. ((e))

    158 km

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

140 km

Shortcut Trick

Let Speed of Boat (u) = 8k and Speed of Stream (v) = 1k.

Downstream speed = 9k, Upstream speed = 7k. Still water speed = 8k = (3x + 60) ÷ 12.

Upstream distance = x, Downstream distance = x − 50.

Time equation: [x / 7k] + [(x − 50) / 9k] = 6.

Substitute k = (3x + 60) / 96 into the equation and solve for x.

∴ The correct answer is 140 km.

Alternate Method

Given: Ratio of speed of boat (u) to stream (v) = 8 : 1. Upstream distance = x km. Downstream distance = (x − 50) km. Total time = 6 hours. Still water distance (3x + 60) km covered in 12 hours.

Formula Used: Speed = Distance / Time; Upstream Speed = u − v; Downstream Speed = u + v.

⇒ Let Speed of boat (u) = 8k and Speed of stream (v) = k.

⇒ Still water speed u = (3x + 60) / 12

⇒ 8k = (3x + 60) / 12 ⇒ 96k = 3x + 60 ⇒ 32k = x + 20 ⇒ k = (x + 20) / 32

⇒ Upstream speed (u − v) = 7k; Downstream speed (u + v) = 9k

⇒ Time taken = [x / 7k] + [(x − 50) / 9k] = 6

⇒ [9x + 7(x − 50)] / 63k = 6

⇒ 9x + 7x − 350 = 378k

⇒ 16x − 350 = 378 × [(x + 20) / 32]

⇒ 16x − 350 = 11.8125(x + 20)

⇒ 16x − 350 = 11.8125x + 236.25

⇒ 4.1875x = 586.25

⇒ x = 586.25 / 4.1875 = 140

∴ The correct answer is 140 km.

Additional Information

Downstream and Upstream Speed

Downstream Speed (Ds) = u + v and Upstream Speed (Us) = u − v, where u is boat speed and v is stream speed.

Boat and Stream from Ds and Us

Speed of boat in still water (u) = (Ds + Us) / 2 and Speed of stream (v) = (Ds − Us) / 2.

Average Speed for Boats

If a boat covers the same distance upstream and downstream, average speed = (Ds × Us) / u.

182

A person can cover a distance between A and B at a speed of 45 km/hr. On the return journey, he covers 180 km with 30 km/hr, and after that, he takes a different route on the return journey which increases his total distance by 15 km. If the speed of the car on the extended route is 60 km/hr. If it takes 90 min more while returning then find the distance between A and B.

  1. ((a))

    310 km

  2. ((b))

    315 km

  3. ((c))

    320 km

  4. ((d))

    325 km

  5. ((e))

    330 km

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

315 km

Shortcut Trick

Let the distance between A and B be D km.

Time taken while going = D / 45 hours.

Time taken while returning = (180 / 30) + (D − 180 + 15) / 60 hours.

Difference in time = 90 min = 1.5 hours.

Solving: 6 + (D − 165) / 60 − D / 45 = 1.5D = 315 km.

∴ The correct answer is 315 km.

Alternate Method

Given: Forward speed = 45 km/hr. Return journey part 1: 180 km at 30 km/hr. Return journey part 2: (D − 180 + 15) km at 60 km/hr.

Formula: Time = Distance / Speed

⇒ Timeforward = D / 45

⇒ Timereturn = (180 / 30) + (D − 165) / 60 = 6 + (D − 165) / 60

⇒ Timereturn − Timeforward = 90 / 60

6 + (D − 165) / 60 − D / 45 = 1.5

(D − 165) / 60 − D / 45 = −4.5

[3(D − 165) − 4D] / 180 = −4.5

3D − 495 − 4D = −4.5 × 180

−D − 495 = −810

D = 810 − 495 = 315

∴ The correct answer is 315 km.

Additional Information

Average Speed

Average Speed = Total Distance / Total Time. For two equal distances with speeds x and y, it is 2xy / (x + y).

Relative Speed

When moving in the same direction, subtract speeds (u − v). When moving in opposite directions, add speeds (u + v).

Unit Conversion

To convert km/hr to m/s, multiply by 5/18. To convert m/s to km/hr, multiply by 18/5.

183

The age of the mother 4 years ago was 6 times the age of her son at that time. The age of the mother after 6 years will be 8/3 times the age of the son at the time. Find the ratio of the mother's age after 2 years to the present age of the son.

  1. ((a))

    2 : 3

  2. ((b))

    3 : 2

  3. ((c))

    4 : 1

  4. ((d))

    5 : 2

  5. ((e))

    6 : 5

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

4 : 1

Shortcut Trick

Let Son's age 4 years ago be 1 unit. Mother's age 4 years ago = 6 units.

Difference between '4 years ago' and '6 years later' = 10 years.

Equation: (6x + 10) / (x + 10) = 8 / 3 ⇒ 18x + 30 = 8x + 80 ⇒ 10x = 50 ⇒ x = 5.

Present ages: Son = 5 + 4 = 9 years; Mother = 6(5) + 4 = 34 years.

Required Ratio (Mother + 2) : Son = (34 + 2) : 9 = 36 : 9 = 4 : 1.

∴ The correct answer is 4 : 1.

Alternate Method

Given: Ratio of ages 4 years ago and 6 years hence.

Formula Used: Age difference remains constant or use linear equations.

⇒ Let Son's age 4 years ago = S and Mother's age 4 years ago = M.

⇒ M = 6S

⇒ After 10 years (6 years from present): (M + 10) = 8/3 × (S + 10)

⇒ 3(6S + 10) = 8(S + 10)

⇒ 18S + 30 = 8S + 80

⇒ 10S = 50 ⇒ S = 5

Mother's age 4 years ago = 6 × 5 = 30 years

Present age of Son = 5 + 4 = 9 years

Mother's age after 2 years = (30 + 4) + 2 = 36 years

⇒ Required Ratio = 36 : 9 = 4 : 1

∴ The correct answer is 4 : 1.

Additional Information

Constant Age Difference

The difference between the ages of two persons always remains the same regardless of the number of years passed.

Ratio Method for Ages

When ratios at two different time points are given, equalize the parts of the age difference to solve quickly without variables.

Linear Equation Approach

For age problems involving fractions, setting the variable at the earliest time point (e.g., 4 years ago) usually simplifies the calculation.

184

The volume of a cylinder is 13552 cm3 and the diameter of the cylinder is equal to the side of a square whose perimeter is 112 cm. Find the curved surface area of the cylinder.

  1. ((a))

    1345 cm2

  2. ((b))

    1540 cm2

  3. ((c))

    1856 cm2

  4. ((d))

    1936 cm2

  5. ((e))

    2090 cm2

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

1936 cm2

Shortcut Trick

Perimeter of square = 112 cm → Side = 112 ÷ 4 = 28 cm.

Diameter of cylinder = 28 cm → Radius (r) = 14 cm.

Curved Surface Area (CSA) of a cylinder is always a multiple of 11 (since it contains π = 22/7).

Checking options for divisibility by 11: 1936 → (1+3) − (9+6) = 4 − 15 = −11 (Divisible).

∴ The correct answer is 1936 cm2.

Alternate Method

Given: Perimeter of Square = 112 cm, Volume of Cylinder = 13552 cm3.

Formula Used: Perimeter = 4 × side; Volume = πr2h; CSA = 2πrh.

⇒ 4 × Side = 112 → Side = 28 cm.

⇒ Diameter (d) = 28 cm ∴ Radius (r) = 14 cm.

⇒ Volume = (22/7) × 14 × 14 × h = 13552.

⇒ 22 × 2 × 14 × h = 13552 → 616 × h = 13552.

⇒ h = 13552 ÷ 616 = 22 cm.

⇒ Curved Surface Area (CSA) = 2 × (22/7) × 14 × 22.

⇒ CSA = 2 × 22 × 2 × 22 = 88 × 22 = 1936 cm2.

∴ The correct answer is 1936 cm2.

Additional Information

Total Surface Area (TSA) of Cylinder

It is the sum of the curved area and the areas of the two circular bases: TSA = 2πr(h + r).

Properties of Square

Area of a square = side2. Diagonal of a square = side × √2.

Divisibility Rule of 11

A number is divisible by 11 if the difference between the sum of digits at odd positions and the sum of digits at even positions is 0 or a multiple of 11.

185

There are 6 consecutive odd numbers. If the product of the 1st and the 2nd number is 483, then find the average of all the numbers.

  1. ((a))

    22

  2. ((b))

    24

  3. ((c))

    26

  4. ((d))

    27

  5. ((e))

    28

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

26

Shortcut Trick

Identify the 1st and 2nd consecutive odd numbers whose product is 483.

√483 ≈ 21.97. The odd numbers around this are 21 and 23. Check: 21 × 23 = 483.

The 6 consecutive odd numbers are: 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31.

Average of consecutive numbers = Middle term = (25 + 27) ÷ 2 = 26.

∴ The correct answer is 26.

Alternate Method

Let the six consecutive odd numbers be x, x+2, x+4, x+6, x+8, and x+10.

Given: Product of 1st and 2nd = 483.

⇒ x(x + 2) = 483

⇒ x2 + 2x − 483 = 0

⇒ x2 + 23x − 21x − 483 = 0

⇒ (x + 23)(x − 21) = 0

⇒ x = 21 (Since numbers are odd/positive)

Average of 6 numbers = [x + (x+2) + (x+4) + (x+6) + (x+8) + (x+10)] ÷ 6

⇒ Average = (6x + 30) ÷ 6 = x + 5

⇒ Average = 21 + 5 = 26.

∴ The correct answer is 26.

Additional Information

Average of Consecutive Series

For any arithmetic progression, the average is always the middle term or the mean of the two middle terms.

General Form of Odd Numbers

Consecutive odd numbers always have a common difference of 2. They can be represented as x, x+2, x+4, etc.

Average Formula

Average = (First Term + Last Term) ÷ 2. For this series: (21 + 31) ÷ 2 = 26.

186

The ratio of the number of boys to the number of girls is 8 : 5 and the average age of the whole class is 'x' and the average age of girls is 'x-2' then find the average age of boys in the class.

  1. ((a))

    x - 1.25

  2. ((b))

    x + 1.25

  3. ((c))

    x + 2

  4. ((d))

    x - 2

  5. ((e))

    x + 2.5

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

x + 1.25

Shortcut Trick

Using the deviation method: Let the average age of boys be B.

Total deviation from the average x must be zero.

Girls deviation: 5 × ((x − 2) − x) = 5 × (−2) = −10.

Boys deviation: 8 × (B − x) must be +10 to balance −10.

B − x = 10 ÷ 8 = 1.25 ⇒ B = x + 1.25.

∴ The correct answer is x + 1.25.

Alternate Method

Given: Ratio of Boys : Girls = 8 : 5. Total ratio parts = 13.

Average age of Whole Class = x. Average age of Girls = x − 2.

Formula Used: Total sum = Average × Number of observations.

⇒ Total sum of ages = x × 13 = 13x.

⇒ Sum of girls age = 5 × (x − 2) = 5x − 10.

⇒ Sum of boys age = Total sum − Sum of girls age = 13x − (5x − 10).

⇒ Sum of boys age = 13x − 5x + 10 = 8x + 10.

⇒ Average age of boys = (8x + 10) ÷ 8.

⇒ Average age of boys = x + (10 ÷ 8) = x + 1.25.

∴ The correct answer is x + 1.25.

Additional Information

Weighted Average Formula

The combined average of two groups is given by Acombined = (n1A1 + n2A2) ÷ (n1 + n2), where n is the number and A is the average.

Alligation Rule for Averages

The ratio of quantities is equal to the inverse ratio of the deviations of their averages from the mean average: (A1 − Am) ÷ (Am − A2) = n2 ÷ n1.

187

Profit earned on an article when it is sold for Rs. 672 is 25% more than the loss when it is sold for Rs. 470.4. If a person marked up the article by 50% on purchasing price and sold it after allowing two successive discounts of 20%. Find the selling price of the article.

  1. ((a))

    Rs. 534.4

  2. ((b))

    Rs. 536.5

  3. ((c))

    Rs. 537.6

  4. ((d))

    Rs. 538.7

  5. ((e))

    Rs. 539.8

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Rs. 537.6

Shortcut Trick

Ratio of Profit to Loss = 125 : 100 = 5 : 4.

Difference in Selling Prices = 672 − 470.4 = ₹201.6.

Value of 1 unit = 201.6 ÷ (5 + 4) = 22.4.

Cost Price (CP) = 470.4 + (4 × 22.4) = ₹560.

Final Selling Price = 560 × 1.5 × 0.8 × 0.8 = ₹537.6.

∴ The correct answer is ₹537.6.

Alternate Method

Given: SP1 = ₹470.4, SP2 = ₹672, Profit = 1.25 × Loss.

Formula: CP = SP1 + Loss = SP2 − Profit; MP = CP(1 + Markup%); SP = MP(1 − D1%)(1 − D2%)

⇒ Let Loss = 4x, then Profit = 5x.

⇒ (CP − 470.4) : (672 − CP) = 4 : 5

⇒ 5(CP − 470.4) = 4(672 − CP)

⇒ 5CP − 2352 = 2688 − 4CP

⇒ 9CP = 5040 ⇒ CP = ₹560

Marked Price (MP) = 560 × (1 + 50/100) = 560 × 1.5 = ₹840

Final Selling Price = 840 × (1 − 20/100) × (1 − 20/100)

⇒ SP = 840 × 0.8 × 0.8 = 840 × 0.64 = ₹537.6

∴ The correct answer is ₹537.6.

Additional Information

Successive Discounts

Effective discount for two successive discounts of a% and b% is given by [a + b − (a × b)/100]%.

Mark-up and Profit Relation

The relationship between CP, MP, and SP involves: MP = CP × (100 + Mark-up%)/100 and SP = MP × (100 − Discount%)/100.

Profit and Loss Units

When Profit and Loss are given as a ratio, the difference between two Selling Prices equals the sum of the ratio units representing profit and loss.

188

Profit earned on selling a table for Rs. 'X + 1600' is 50% more than the loss incurred on selling the table for Rs. 'X + 100'. Had the table been sold for Rs. 'X', there would have been a loss of 43.75%. What is the cost price of the table?

  1. ((a))

    Rs. 1500

  2. ((b))

    Rs. 1600

  3. ((c))

    Rs. 1800

  4. ((d))

    Rs. 2000

  5. ((e))

    Rs. 2400

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Rs. 1600

Shortcut Trick

Let the Loss at (X + 100) be 2 units. Then Profit at (X + 1600) is 3 units (50% more).

Total difference in SP = (X + 1600) − (X + 100) = 1500.

Total units (Profit + Loss) = 3 + 2 = 5 units → 1500. So, 1 unit = 300.

CP = (X + 100) + Loss = X + 100 + (2 × 300) = X + 700.

Given: Selling at X leads to 43.75% loss. So, X = 56.25% of CP.

⇒ X = 9/16 × (X + 700) ⇒ 16X = 9X + 6300 ⇒ 7X = 6300 ⇒ X = 900. CP = 900 + 700 = 1600.

∴ The correct answer is ₹1600.

Alternate Method

Given: SP1 = X + 1600, SP2 = X + 100, SP3 = X. Profit = 1.5 × Loss.

Formula: CP = SP + Loss | CP = SP − Profit | Loss % = (Loss/CP) × 100.

⇒ (X + 1600) − CP = 1.5 × (CP − (X + 100))

⇒ X + 1600 − CP = 1.5CP − 1.5X − 150

⇒ 2.5CP = 2.5X + 1750 ⇒ CP = X + 700

⇒ At SP = X, Loss % = 43.75% = 7/16

⇒ Loss = CP − SP = (X + 700) − X = 700

⇒ 7/16 = 700 / CP

⇒ CP = (700 × 16) / 7 = 1600

∴ The correct answer is ₹1600.

Additional Information

Fractional Conversion of Percentages

Standard fractions help in speed: 43.75% = 37.5% + 6.25% = 3/8 + 1/16 = 6/16 + 1/16 = 7/16.

Profit and Loss Relation

When profit on SP1 and loss on SP2 are given in ratio m:n, CP = (n × SP1 + m × SP2) / (m + n).

Marked Price and Discount

The relationship between CP and MP is given by CP/MP = (100 − D%)/(100 + P%).

189

The question consists of two statements numbered “I” and “II” given below it. You have to decide whether the data provided in the statements are sufficient to answer the question or not and choose the correct option accordingly.

<br>

Find the time of the journey of Kush to reach school on time from his home given that the distance between his home and school is 280 km.

Statement I: If Kush travels with a speed of (x+3) km/hr, he reaches the school from home on time.

Statement II: If Kush travels with a speed of (x-3) km/hr, he will be late by six hours.

  1. ((a))

    The data in statement I alone is sufficient to answer, while the data in statement II alone is not sufficient to answer the question.

  2. ((b))

    The data in statement II alone is sufficient to answer, while the data in statement I alone is not sufficient to answer the question.

  3. ((c))

    The data either in statement I alone or in statement II alone are sufficient to answer the question.

  4. ((d))

    The data given in both statements I and II together are not sufficient to answer the question.

  5. ((e))

    The data in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question.

Show Answer
Answer: ((e))

The data in both statements I and II together are necessary to answer the question.

Shortcut Trick

To find the time of journey, we need the speed x.

Statement I gives: 280 / (x + 3) = Time (T). (Two variables x, T)

Statement II gives: 280 / (x − 3) = T + 6. (Two variables x, T)

Since we have two independent linear-style equations with two variables, we must combine both statements to solve for x and then T.

∴ The correct answer is both statements I and II together are necessary.

Alternate Method

Given: Distance (D) = 280 km.

Formula Used: Time = Distance ÷ Speed

From Statement I:

⇒ T = 280 ÷ (x + 3) → (1)

From Statement II:

⇒ T + 6 = 280 ÷ (x − 3) → (2)

Subtracting (1) from (2):

⇒ 6 = 280/(x − 3) − 280/(x + 3)

⇒ 6 = 280 × [ (x + 3 − x + 3) ÷ (x2 − 9) ]

⇒ 6 = 280 × 6 ÷ (x2 − 9)

⇒ x2 − 9 = 280 ⇒ x2 = 289 ⇒ x = 17 km/hr.

⇒ Required Time T = 280 ÷ (17 + 3) = 280 ÷ 20 = 14 hours.

∴ The correct answer is both statements I and II together are necessary.

Additional Information

Data Sufficiency Rules

A single equation with two variables cannot be solved. You need as many independent equations as there are variables.

Speed-Time Relation

When distance is constant, Speed1 × Time1 = Speed2 × Time2. This relation is crucial for solving late/early arrival problems.

Quadratic Roots in TSD

When solving for speed or time using differences, always discard negative roots as speed and time cannot be negative.

190

Yash spends 25% of his monthly salary on EMI. From the remaining, he spends 30% on the rent, 10% on food, 45% on groceries, and 15% on video blogging. If the difference between the amount spend on EMI and food is Rs. 945 then find the monthly salary of Yash.

  1. ((a))

    Rs. 5200

  2. ((b))

    Rs. 5300

  3. ((c))

    Rs. 5400

  4. ((d))

    Rs. 5500

  5. ((e))

    Rs. 5600

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Rs. 5400

Shortcut Trick

Let Monthly Salary be 100 units.

EMI = 25% of 100 = 25 units. Remaining = 75 units.

Food = 10% of Remaining = 10% of 75 = 7.5 units.

Difference (EMI − Food) = 25 − 7.5 = 17.5 units = ₹945.

100 units = (945 ÷ 17.5) × 100 = 54 × 100 = ₹5400.

∴ The correct answer is ₹5400.

Alternate Method

Given: EMI = 25%, Remaining = 75%. Food = 10% of Remaining.

Formula: Value = (Given Difference ÷ Percentage Difference) × 100

⇒ Let Total Salary = S

EMI = 0.25 × S

Remaining Salary = S − 0.25S = 0.75S

Food Expense = 10% of 0.75S = 0.10 × 0.75S = 0.075S

⇒ Difference = 0.25S − 0.075S = 945

⇒ 0.175S = 945

⇒ S = 945 ÷ 0.175

⇒ S = 5400

∴ The correct answer is ₹5400.

Additional Information

Percentage of Remaining

When a percentage is spent from the remaining amount, multiply the remaining fraction by the percentage. If total is 100, and x% is spent, then y% of remaining is y/100 × (100−x).

Successive Percentage Change

Net Remaining = Initial × (100−r1)/100 × (100−r2)/100. This is useful for problems involving multiple deductions from the current balance.

Attempt this paper under real exam conditions

Timed interface, section switching, instant scoring, and question-by-question analytics — free.

Start Timed Attempt